Teachers' and school heads' salaries and allowances in Europe, 2014/15.
Date: 2015-10-20
Institutions: European Education and Culture Executive Agency
Subjects: comparative analysis, education policy, occupational status, pay, teacher

1 

 
 
 
 
 
Teachers' and School Heads' 

Salaries and Allowances  

in Europe  

2014/15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This  document  is  published  by  the  Education,  Audiovisual  and  Culture  Executive  Agency 
(EACEA, Education and Youth Policy Analysis). 

ISBN 978-92-9201-958-7 

ISSN 2443-5376 

doi:10.2797/499323 

EC-AM-15-002-EN-N 

Text completed in September 2015. 

© Education, Audiovisual and Culture Executive Agency, 2015. 

Reproduction is authorized provided the source is acknowledged. 

Education, Audiovisual and Culture Executive Agency  
Education and Youth Policy Analysis 
Avenue du Bourget 1 (BOU2 – Unit A7)  
B-1049 Brussels 
Tel. +32 2 299 50 58 
Fax +32 2 292 19 71 
E-mail: eacea-eurydice@ec.europa.eu 
Website: http://eacea.ec.europa.eu/education/eurydice/ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONTENTS  

Table of Figures 

Codes 

Main findings 

Introduction 

Part I: Comparative Analysis 

Part II: National Data Sheets 

Part III: Definitions 

Acknowledgements 

TABLE OF FIGURES 

Figure 1:   Minimum and maximum annual basic gross statutory salaries for full-time 

TEACHERS in general education (ISCED 1, 2 and 3) in public schools 
compared to per capita GDP at current prices, in EUR, 2014/15 

Figure 2:   Changes in TEACHERS' statutory salaries in general education  

(ISCED 0, 1, 2 and 3)  in the public sector between 2013/14 and 2014/15 

Figure 3:   Minimum and maximum annual basic gross statutory salaries for SCHOOL 

HEADS  in general education (ISCED 1, 2 and 3) in public schools 
compared to per capita GDP at current prices, in EUR, 2014/15 

Figure 4:   Relationship between the relative increase in TEACHERS' statutory salaries 
and the length of service needed to obtain the maximum salary  
in general education (ISCED 1, 2 and 3) in public schools, 2014/15 

Figure 5:   Decision-making levels (public authorities) responsible for setting 

TEACHERS’ basic statutory salaries  
in general education (ISCED 0, 1, 2 and 3) in public schools, 2014/15 

Figure 6:   Salary allowances and complementary payments for TEACHERS   

in general education (ISCED 0, 1, 2 and 3) in public schools,   
with the levels of authority responsible for decision-making, 2014/15 

3 

3 

4 

5 

6 

8 

27 

113 

117 

10 

14 

16 

20 

22 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
CODES 

Country codes 

EU 

BE 

European Union 

Belgium 

BE fr 

Belgium – French Community 

BE de 

Belgium – German-speaking Community 

BE nl 

Belgium – Flemish Community 

BG 

CZ 

DK 

DE 

EE 

IE 

EL 

ES 

FR 

Bulgaria 

Czech Republic 

Denmark 

Germany 

Estonia 

Ireland 

Greece 

Spain 

France 

HR  

Croatia 

IT 

CY 

LV 

LT 

LU 

HU 

MT 

Italy  

Cyprus 

Latvia 

Lithuania 

Luxembourg 

Hungary 

Malta 

NL 

AT 

PL 

PT 

RO 

SI 

SK 

FI 

SE 

UK 

The Netherlands 

Austria 

Poland 

Portugal 

Romania 

Slovenia 

Slovakia 

Finland 

Sweden 

The United Kingdom 

UK-ENG 

England 

UK-WLS  Wales 

UK-NIR 

Northern Ireland  

UK-SCT 

Scotland  

BA 

IS 

LI  

ME 

Bosnia and Herzegovina 

Iceland 

Liechtenstein  

Montenegro 

MK* 

former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia 

NO 

RS 

TR 

Norway 

Serbia 

Turkey 

* ISO code 3166. Provisional code which does not prejudge in any way the definitive nomenclature for this country, which will be agreed following the 
conclusion of negotiations currently taking place on this subject at the United Nations (http://www.iso.org/iso/country_codes/iso_3166_code_lists.htm [accessed 
25.9.2014]). 

Statistical codes 

: Data not available 

(–) Not applicable 

4 

 
 
 
 
MAIN FINDINGS 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In the majority of countries/regions, teachers' minimum annual statutory salary for primary and 
lower secondary education levels is lower than the per capita Gross Domestic Product (GDP). 
For upper secondary education, this is also the case in more than half of the countries studied. 
With  regard  to  maximum  gross  statutory  salaries,  they  are  higher  than  per  capita  GDP  at  all 
educational levels in most countries.  

In many European countries, in 2014/15 teachers' salaries increased in comparison to 2013/14, 
with salary reforms and adjustments to the cost of living cited as the main reasons. This comes 
on the back of salary decreases in many countries in the previous years due to the economic 
crisis. 

The minimum annual basic statutory salary for school heads in primary and lower secondary 
education is higher than the per capita GDP in most of the countries. The same is true for upper 
secondary  education,  where  school  heads  are  better  remunerated  than  those  at  lower 
education  levels,  and  only  a  few  countries  register  a  minimum  salary  lower  than  GDP  per 
capita. 

The difference between the minimum and maximum salaries is usually positively correlated to 
the number of years' service needed to reach the maximum salary. In some countries such as 
Hungary  (secondary  level),  Austria  and  Romania,  the  difference  between  the  minimum  and 
maximum  salaries  is  larger  and  many  years  of  service  are  needed  to  reach  the  maximum 
salary. In other countries such as Denmark, Estonia, Latvia and the United Kingdom (Scotland), 
the  difference  between  minimum  and  maximum  salaries  is  smaller  and  the  length  of  service 
needed to reach the maximum salary is short. 

In  almost  all  countries,  the  top  level  (central/regional)  authority  responsible  for  education  sets 
the teachers' basic statutory salaries in public schools. However, in nearly all Nordic countries, 
local authorities alone or together with top level authorities have this responsibility.  

Almost  a  third  of  the  countries/regions  examined  in  this  report  offer  salary  allowances  and 
complementary  payments  for  the  following  reasons:  further  formal  qualifications,  further 
Continuing  Professional  Development  (CPD)  qualifications,  positive  performance  appraisal  or 
good  student  results,  additional  responsibilities,  geographical  location,  teaching  pupils  with 
special  educational  needs  or  in  challenging  circumstances,  participation  in  extra-curricular 
activities  and  overtime.  The  two  reasons  most  often  cited  across  Europe  are  'additional 
responsibilities'  and  'overtime',  while  'further  CPD  qualifications'  and  'positive  performance 
appraisal or good students results' are the least common. 

Salaries in private grant-aided schools generally follow the rules applied in the public sector. In 
private  independent  schools,  salaries  are  defined  on  an  individual  and  contractual  basis  but 
always follow national labour legislation/codes of practice. 

5 

 
  
INTRODUCTION 

Evolving  expectations  towards  quality  teaching  imply  that  teachers  are  required  to  have  an 
increasingly  broad  range  of  competences  and  perform  a  wider  range  of  tasks  than  before.  Since 
teaching is no longer seen as the transmission of knowledge only, teachers are expected to engage in 
a variety of approaches that rely on the facilitation of learning and the co-creation of knowledge with 
learners.  To  this  end,  teachers  are  expected  to  use  ICT,  work  in  teams,  facilitate  the  integration  of 
children  with  special  education  needs  (SEN)  and  contribute  to  school  leadership  and  management. 
Similarly, in addition to leading and organising teaching and learning, school heads have to spend a 
considerable  share  of  their  time  on  managing  staff  and  financial  resources (1).  This  widening  of  the 
skills  set  creates  a  challenge  for  all  national  education  systems:  how  to  attract  the  most  talented 
people  into  the  teaching  profession  –  people  who  satisfy  all  the  new  requirements  and  are  able  to 
adapt to the changing environment. This is particularly difficult at a time when the education sector is 
increasingly in competition with the business world to attract the best qualified young graduates.  

Salaries and allowances are key elements in the attractiveness of the teaching profession (along with 
such  issues  as  working  conditions,  career  prospects,  professional  development  opportunities  and 
recognition).  They  play  an  important  role  in  drawing  people  into  the  teaching  profession  and  in 
ensuring that serving teachers are satisfied and motivated to continue teaching. 

Policies  that  affect  the  earnings  and  career  prospects  of  those  employed  in  the  education  sector 
should  therefore  be  an  integral  part  of  comprehensive  strategies  to  raise  the  attractiveness  of  the 
teaching  profession,  both  for  serving  teachers  and  potential  candidates.  The  Eurydice  Network  has 
been collecting and publishing data on teachers' and school heads' salaries since 1995 (on a yearly 
basis since 2010) to provide updated information on this important issue.  

The present report is composed of three parts. Part I presents a comparative analysis based on the 
data  provided  by  each  country.  Part II  summarises  national  sheets  on  teachers'  and  school  heads' 
remunerations  from  pre-primary  education  (ISCED 0)  to  upper  secondary  general  education 
(ISCED 3).  Finally,  Part III  outlines  the  general  methodology  and  definitions  used  in  the  data 
collection.  

In  the  comparative  overview,  the  minimum  and  maximum  statutory  salaries  in  primary  and  general 
secondary  education  are  presented  in  nominal  terms,  and  compared  to  per  capita  GDP  in  each 
country. Data on salary progression and its relationship to professional experience is then analysed to 
provide a picture of teachers' career prospects. The following section examines the levels of decision-
making  responsible  for  setting  teachers'  and  school  heads'  statutory  salaries  in  public  schools.  The 
different types of allowances available to teachers are also examined, indicating the decision-making 
levels involved. The last section looks at how decisions regarding salaries are taken in private schools.  

(1)  See  European  Commission/EACEA/Eurydice,  2015.  The  Teaching  Profession  in  Europe:  Practices,  Perceptions,  and 

Policies. [Online] Available at: 
https://webgate.ec.europa.eu/fpfis/mwikis/eurydice/index.php/Publications:The_Teaching_Profession_in_Europe:_Practices
,_Perceptions,_and_Policies  

6 

 
                                                 
 
I n t r o d u c t i o n  

For each country/region, the following elements are included in the national data sheets: 

  Decision-making  levels  for  setting  teachers’/school  heads’  basic  statutory  salaries  in  public 

schools;  

  Salary arrangements in the private sector; 

  Minimum and maximum annual gross statutory salaries of full-time fully qualified teachers/school 

heads in public schools; 

  Actual salary levels if available; 

 

Information on salary increase/decrease in the previous year; 

  Salary allowances for teachers/school heads. 

Official  documents  issued  by  central  (top-level)  education  authorities  are  the  prime  sources  of 
information. However, in countries where such official documents do not exist, other documents and 
agreements  which  are  recognised  and  accepted  by  education  authorities  are  used.  When  data  on 
actual  salaries  are  available  on  the  basis  of  representative  sources  such  as  national  administrative 
registers,  statistical  databases  or  sample  surveys,  the  specific  source  is  indicated  in  each  national 
data sheet concerned.  

Amounts are presented in the national currency and in Euros using the exchange rates at the end of 
the year 2014.  

This  report  covers  all  EU  Member  States  as  well  as  other  European  countries  participating  in  the 
Eurydice  Network (2).  The  reference  year  for  the  data  collection  is  the  2014/15  school  year 
(September  2014-August  2015).  Nevertheless,  for  countries  where  index-linked  changes  in  salary 
occur at the beginning or end of the calendar year, the information is provided for the period January-
December 2015 if not indicated otherwise. 

(2)  See page 4 for the full list of countries and their respective codes.  

7 

 
                                                 
PART I: COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS 

The minimum statutory salary for teachers in primary and secondary general 
education is lower than national per capita GDP in the majority of countries 

The majority of countries registered an increase in statutory teachers' salaries in 
2014/15 

School heads’ statutory starting salary is higher than GDP per capita  in a majority 
of countries 

The increase in teachers' statutory salaries is positively correlated to career length 
in almost all countries 

Top-level authorities set basic statutory salaries for teachers and school heads in 
public schools in almost all countries 

Almost all European countries pay allowances to teachers 

Teachers' salaries in private grant-aided schools are generally subject to the same 
rules as public schools but private independent schools often set their own salaries 

9 

13 

15 

19 

21 

22 

25 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
P a r t   I :   C o m p a r a t i v e   A n a l y s i s  

The minimum statutory salary for teachers in primary and secondary general 
education is lower than national per capita GDP in the majority of countries 

A teacher’s statutory salary is generally based on a salary scale with a number of levels or grades (3). 
Teachers may move from a lower to a higher level in accordance with a set of criteria such as length 
of service, merit, further qualifications, etc. However, it should be noted that the basic statutory salary 
excludes salary allowances and benefits, which may represent a significant proportion of a teacher’s 
salary  in  some  countries  (with  the  exception  of  France  where  the  statutory  salary  includes  an 
indemnité de résidence and a bonus for tutoring. For the Professeurs certifiés, it also includes a bonus 
for extra teaching time).  

In  order  to  compare  public  expenditure  on  teacher  remuneration  across  countries,  one  of  the  most 
commonly used indicators is the relationship of the minimum or maximum statutory salaries to the per 
capita  Gross  Domestic  Product  (GDP),  an  indicator  of  the  standard  of  living  in  a  country.  This 
relationship  can  be  presented  either  in  percentage  (ratio  between  salary  and  GDP  per  capita)  or  in 
absolute terms. The second option, used in some sections of this report, helps to clearly identify the 
order of magnitude of the two variables, which is not apparent under the first. 

In  almost  all  countries  (apart  from  Germany  (Länder),  Spain,  Cyprus,  Portugal,  the  former  Yugoslav 
Republic  of  Macedonia,  Serbia  and  Turkey),  minimum  annual  statutory  salary  levels  for  primary 
education  are  lower  than  the  GDP  per  capita (4).  The  lowest  ratio  (teachers'  minimum  statutory 
salary/GDP per capita) is recorded in Lithuania (32 %) and Romania (41%), while Germany (Länder) 
(129 %) and Portugal (139 %) are the countries with the highest minimum annual statutory salary in 
comparison to the GDP per capita. The situation is similar for lower secondary education. In this case, 
three quarters of countries have a GDP per capita higher than the minimum annual statutory salary.  

For upper secondary education, in more than half the countries, the minimum statutory salary is also 
lower than the GDP per capita. The lowest ratio (teachers' minimum statutory salary/GDP per capita) 
can be observed in Lithuania (32 %), Latvia (42 %) and Romania (44 %). Conversely, Spain (151 %) 
and Turkey (159 %) have the highest ratio.  

However, when considering the maximum annual statutory salaries for primary, lower secondary and 
upper secondary levels, the situation is quite different. The maximum statutory salary for teachers at 
all education levels is higher than per capita GDP in the majority of countries. The highest rate can be 
seen  in  Cyprus  (306 %,  for  ISCED 1,  2  and  3),  Portugal  (263 %,  for  ISCED 1,  2  and  3),  Germany 
(211 %,  for  ISCED 3)  and  Spain  (209 %  for  ISCED 3,  Catedráticos).  In  contrast,  in  the  Czech 
Republic,  Estonia,  Lithuania  and  Slovakia,  even  the  maximum  statutory  salary  at  all  three  levels  of 
school education is still lower than per capita GDP (see Data for Figure 1 for details). In Sweden and 
Iceland, this is the case for ISCED 1 and ISCED 2.  

The relationship between the minimum and maximum annual basic statutory salary and the per capita 
GDP should be seen also in the context of the number of years, or length of service, needed to obtain 
the maximum salary (see Figure 4). 

(3)  Teachers’  (School  Heads)  basic  statutory  salary  is  the  remuneration  awarded  to  a  teacher  (school  heads),  who  is  a 
childless,  unmarried  person,  holding  the  minimum  qualifications  required  to  teach  (or  to  manage  a  school)  at  a  specific 
level of the education system. The basic salary may vary according to the level of education. 

(4)  GDP per capita year of reference 2013. 

9 

 
                                                 
T e a c h e r s '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a r i e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u r o p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

Figure 1: Minimum and maximum annual basic gross statutory salaries for full-time TEACHERS 
in general education (ISCED 1, 2 and 3) in public schools compared to per capita GDP at current 
prices, in EUR, 2014/15 

ISCED 1 

ISCED 2 

ISCED 3 

ISCED 1 

ISCED 2 

ISCED 3 

Source: Eurydice. 

  GDP 

  Minimum salary 

  Maximum salary 

10 

 
 
 
 
P a r t   I :   C o m p a r a t i v e   A n a l y s i s  

Data (Figure 1) 

Table 1: Minimum and maximum annual basic gross statutory salaries for TEACHERS as % of GDP 

BE fr 

BE de 

BE nl 

BG 

CZ 

DK 

DE 

EE 

IE 

EL 

ES (a) 

ES (b) 

FR (a) 

FR (b) 

HR 

ISCED 1  Min 

87.3 

92.0 

90.0 

59.1 

62.8 

97.4 

129.4 

74.8 

78.1 

75.3 

126.1 

Max 

150.4 

147.4 

155.5 

79.7 

115.3 

170.6 

77.4 

166.7 

142.3 

177.9 

78.6 

141.4 

ISCED 2  Min 

87.3 

92.0 

90.0 

59.1 

62.8 

97.4 

143.3 

74.8 

78.1 

75.3 

140.9 

150.5 

86.0 

Max 

150.4 

147.4 

155.5 

79.7 

115.3 

189.2 

77.4 

166.7 

142.3 

198.4 

208.6 

149.3 

89.1 

131.7 

89.1 

150.3 

ISCED 3  Min 

108.6 

115.2 

112.3 

59.1 

62.8 

99.4 

151.3 

74.8 

78.1 

75.3 

140.9 

150.5 

87.3 

87.3 

89.1 

Max 

190.4 

186.9 

196.7 

79.7 

129.2 

211.0 

77.4 

166.7 

142.3 

198.4 

208.6 

150.7 

150.8 

150.3 

IT (a) 

IT (b) 

CY 

LV 

LT 

LU 

HU 

MT 

NL 

AT (a)  AT (b) 

PL 

PT 

RO 

SI 

SK 

ISCED 1  Min 

90.0 

125.7 

41.9 

32.3 

86.3 

63.7 

109.2 

90.8 

82.0 

52.8 

139.0 

41.3 

98.3 

53.2 

Max 

132.4 

305.8 

59.4 

152.5 

130.5 

143.1 

143.7 

156.9 

88.2 

262.9 

116.9 

158.1 

72.0 

ISCED 2  Min 

97.1 

125.7 

41.9 

32.3 

97.8 

63.7 

109.2 

96.5 

82.0 

90.1 

59.5 

139.0 

44.0 

98.3 

53.2 

Max 

145.4 

305.8 

59.4 

170.1 

130.5 

143.1 

198.6 

156.9 

189.1 

100.5 

262.9 

116.9 

158.1 

72.0 

ISCED 3  Min 

97.1 

90.0 

125.7 

41.9 

32.3 

97.8 

70.0 

109.2 

96.5 

90.1 

67.3 

139.0 

44.0 

98.3 

53.2 

Max 

152.0 

136.2 

305.8 

59.4 

170.1 

143.6 

143.1 

198.6 

189.1 

115.1 

262.9 

116.9 

158.1 

72.0 

FI 

SE 

UK-ENG/ 
WLS 

UK- 
NIR 

UK- 
SCT 

ISCED 1  Min 

89.8 

69.7 

95.5 

95.5 

113.8 

Max 

116.8 

101.5 

162.6 

162.6 

151.3 

ISCED 2  Min 

97.0 

69.7 

95.5 

95.5 

113.8 

Max 

126.2 

101.5 

162.6 

162.6 

151.3 

ISCED 3  Min 

102.9 

78.5 

95.5 

95.5 

113.8 

Max 

136.2 

109.1 

162.6 

162.6 

151.3 

Source: Eurydice.  

BA 

IS 

LI (a) 

LI (b) 

ME 

MK 

NO (a)  NO (b) 

RS 

TR 

: 

: 

: 

: 

: 

: 

85.5 

61.1 

116.5 

99.2 

85.5 

72.2 

66.7 

116.5 

117.2 

108.2 

100.4 

72.2 

152.7 

117.2 

: 

: 

: 

: 

: 

: 

150.5 

59.9 

109.7 

171.7 

215.6 

164.2 

197.7 

150.5 

59.9 

64.2 

109.7 

171.7 

215.6 

164.2 

197.7 

157.1 

64.2 

69.6 

109.7 

159.1 

225.6 

164.2 

185.1 

Table 2: Minimum and maximum annual basic gross statutory salaries for TEACHERS (in EUR) 

BE fr 

BE de 

BE nl 

BG 

CZ 

DK 

DE 

EE 

IE 

EL 

ES (a) 

ES (b) 

FR (a) 

FR (b) 

HR 

ISCED 1  Min 

30 121 

31 740 

31 054 

3 252 

8 913 

43 226 

43 097 

10 400 

27 814 

13 104 

28 129 

Max  51 903 

50 850 

53 642 

11 314 

51 195 

56 811 

10 756 

59 359 

24 756 

39 673 

24 595 

44 254 

ISCED 2  Min 

30 121 

31 740 

31 054 

3 252 

8 913 

43 226 

47 731 

10 400 

27 814 

13 104 

31 415 

33 566 

26 927 

Max  51 903 

50 850 

53 642 

11 314 

51 195 

63 013 

10 756 

59 359 

24 756 

44 250 

46 513 

46 739 

8 998 

13 301 

8 998 

15 182 

ISCED 3  Min 

37 477 

39 748 

38 743 

3 252 

8 913 

44 146 

50 383 

10 400 

27 814 

13 104 

31 415 

33 566 

27 316 

27 333 

8 998 

Max  65 674 

64 491 

67 864 

11 314 

57 378 

70 277 

10 756 

59 359 

24 756 

44 250 

46 513 

47 167 

47 185 

15 182 

IT (a) 

IT (b) 

CY 

LV 

LT 

LU 

HU 

MT 

NL 

AT (a)  AT (b) 

PL 

PT 

RO 

SI 

SK 

ISCED 1  Min 

23 048 

23 885 

4 860 

3 774 

72 000 

6 303 

18 787 

32 598 

30 338 

5 337 

21 960 

2 934 

16 810 

7 074 

Max  33 885 

58 107 

6 954 

127 200

12 922 

24 614 

51 596 

58 044 

8 905 

41 537 

8 297 

27 029 

9 576 

ISCED 2  Min 

24 846 

23 885 

4 860 

3 774 

81 600 

6 303 

18 787 

34 632 

30 338 

33 348 

6 011 

21 960 

3 122 

16 810 

7 074 

Max  37 212 

58 107 

6 954 

141 840

12 922 

24 614 

71 305 

58 044 

69 958 

10 154 

41 537 

8 297 

27 029 

9 576 

ISCED 3  Min 

24 846 

23 048 

23 885 

4 860 

3 774 

81 600 

6 933 

18 787 

34 632 

33 348 

6 797 

21 960 

3 122 

16 810 

7 074 

Max  38 902 

34 867 

58 107 

6 954 

141 840

14 212 

24 614 

71 305 

69 958 

11 623 

41 537 

8 297 

27 029 

9 576 

FI 

SE 

UK-ENG/ 
WLS 

UK- 
NIR 

UK- 
SCT 

BA 

IS 

LI (a) 

LI (b) 

ME 

MK 

NO (a)  NO (b) 

RS 

TR 

ISCED 1  Min 

31 978 

30 533 

28 274 

28 273 

33 682 

7 083 

29 085 

70 137 

6 433 

5 417 

45 432 

4 498 

12 875 

Max  41 590 

44 459 

48 140 

48 138 

44 790 

7 806 

39 612  113 822

10 213 

7 761 

6 734 

14 826 

ISCED 2  Min 

34 536 

30 533 

28 274 

28 273 

33 682 

8 428 

29 085 

82 835 

76 490 

6 433 

5 417 

45 432 

48 717 

4 498 

12 875 

Max  44 917 

44 459 

48 140 

48 138 

44 790 

9 442 

39 612  134 439 124 127

10 213 

7 761 

6 734 

14 826 

ISCED 3  Min 

36 623 

34 366 

28 274 

28 273 

33 682 

8 938 

34 130 

82 835 

6 433 

5 654 

48 717 

52 831 

4 498 

11 934 

Max  48 487 

47 780 

48 140 

48 138 

44 790 

11 927 

51 908  134 439

10 213 

8 120 

6 734 

13 885 

Source: Eurydice.  

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e r s '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a r i e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u r o p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

Explanatory note (Figure 1) 
The basic gross annual statutory salary is the amount paid by the employer in a year, including general increases to salary 
scales,  the  13th  month  and  holiday  pay  (where  applicable)  but  excluding  the  employers’  social  security  and  pension 
contributions.  This  salary  does  not  include  other  salary  allowances  or  financial  benefits  (related,  for  example,  to  further 
qualifications,  merit,  overtime,  additional  responsibilities,  geographical  location,  the  obligation  to  teach  classes  in  challenging 
circumstances, or accommodation, health or travel costs). The minimum salary is the gross salary received by teachers at the 
start of their career. The maximum salary is the gross salary received by teachers and school heads on retirement or after a 
certain  number  of  years’  service.  The  maximum  salary  includes  only  increases  related  to  length  of  service  and/or  age.  For 
information regarding decision-making levels, see Figure 5. 

The  values  in  the  table  show  the  relationship  (in  percentages)  between  the  minimum  and  maximum  annual  gross  statutory 
salary,  according  to  level  of  education,  in  EUR and  GDP  per  capita  (at  current  prices  in  EUR)  in  the  country  concerned.  The 
reference calendar year for GDP per capita is 2013. Source: Eurostat (data extracted May 2015: nama_gdp_c). The reference 
period  for  salaries  is  the  2014/15  school  year  or  the  calendar  year  2015.  Exchange  rates,  source:  Eurostat  (ert_bil_eur_a), 
values at the end of the period (year 2014). 

When comparing teachers' salaries to per capita GDP between several years, it is necessary to take into consideration the fact 
that a positive change in this indicator does not necessarily mean an increase in teachers’ real purchasing power. This is the 
case  in  countries  where  the  per  capita  GDP  decreased  due  to  the  budgetary  and  financial  crisis,  while  statutory  salaries 
remained unchanged or fell by a lower rate than the per capita GDP. 

See detailed National Data Sheets for additional info. 

Country specific notes (Figure 1) 
Belgium: National per capita GDP is taken into account (instead of per capita GDP in each Community). 
Czech Republic: Statutory salaries are based on salary scales 8-11 for ISCED 0 and salary scales 11-12 for ISCED 1-3. 
Denmark: For upper secondary schools the period of reference is from 1 August 2013. Earnings-related pension is included. 
Germany (Länder): Ref. year: 2013/14. 
Ireland: There are three different pay scales in existence depending on the time of the first appointment to teaching. Teachers 
appointed in the period 1 January 2011 to 1 February 2012 are on the scales quoted in the table. See National Data Sheets for 
additional info. 
Greece: GDP per capita data 2012. 
Spain: The total amounts correspond to average salaries in public education, calculated as a weighted average of the salaries 
in the different Autonomous Communities. (a) Data on salaries of non Catedráticos teachers at ISCED 2-3; (b) Data on salaries 
of Catedráticos teachers at ISCED 2-3. 
France: At ISCED 1, the minimum and maximum salaries refer to the statutory wage of a Professeur des écoles and include an 
indemnité de résidence and a bonus for tutoring. At ISCED 2 or ISCED 3, minimum and maximum salaries refer to the statutory 
wage of a Professeur certifié and include a bonus for tutoring, a bonus for extra teaching time and the indemnité de résidence. 
At ISCED 3, (a) Data on the salaries of teachers in Lycées; (b) Data on the salaries of teachers in Lycées professionnels. 
Italy: At ISCED 3, (a) Data for teachers with a Laurea magistrale (Master’s degree); (b) Data for teachers that have completed 
non-university studies.  
Malta:  Teachers’  salaries  for  upper  secondary  education  refer  to  the  institutions  that  fall  under  the  direct  responsibility  of  the 
Education Directorates. 
Netherlands: Schools are free to decide in which salary scale teachers start their career. 
Austria:  At  ISCED 2,  (a) Data  on  salaries  of  Neue  Mittelschule  and  Hauptschule  teachers;  (b) Data  on  salaries  of 
Allgemeinbildende Höhere Schule teachers. 
Poland: Minimum and maximum annual gross statutory salaries in  primary  and lower secondary education are calculated for 
teachers with the basic minimum qualifications. However, approximately 90 % of teachers have higher levels of qualification and 
receive higher remuneration. 
Finland: The maximum gross annual statutory salary is the minimum salary plus all age increments as the agreements do not 
define a maximum statutory salary. Ref. year: 2014/2015. 
Sweden: There are no salary scales or statutory salaries. The indicated data for minimum and maximum salaries corresponds 
to the 10th and 90th percentiles of actual teachers' salaries for the school year 2014/15. 
United Kingdom: The country's per capita GDP is taken into account (instead of per capita GDP in each part of the UK). 
Iceland: At ISCED 3, data refer to gross actual annual salaries for January-December 2014. 
Liechtenstein:  At  ISCED 2,  (a) Data  on  salaries  of  Gymnasium  teachers;  (b) Data  on  salaries  of  Oberschule/Realschule 
teachers. GDP per capita 2011. 
Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia: GDP per capita 2011. 
Norway:  At  ISCED 2,  (a) Data  on  teachers  with  4 years’  initial  training;  (b) Data  on  teachers  with  5 years’  initial  training.  At 
ISCED 3,  (a) Data  on  teachers  with  5  years’  initial  training;  (b) Data  on  teachers  with  6 years’  initial  training.  Maximum  not 
applicable. 
Turkey: GDP per capita 2011. 

12 

 
P a r t   I :   C o m p a r a t i v e   A n a l y s i s  

The majority of countries registered an increase in statutory teachers' salaries 
in 2014/15 

In  2014/15,  the  majority  of  countries  registered  an  increase  in  teachers'  salaries  compared  with 
2013/14,  with  salary  reforms  and  adjustments  to  the  cost  of  living  cited  as  the  main  reasons.  This 
comes on the back of salary decreases in many countries in the previous years due to the economic 
crisis (5).  

A  reform  of  teachers'  salaries  took  place  in  Croatia,  Slovakia  and  Iceland.  In  Croatia,  the  changes 
were introduced in the previous school year, but they only had an impact on last months' salaries then. 
For the academic year 2014/15, teachers received the increased salaries in all 12 months. In Slovakia, 
a  new  pay  scale  for  teachers  and  professional  employees  in  education  has  been  in  place  since 
1 January 2015. 

Although the 2015 General State Budget in Spain did not establish any salary reduction or increment 
of civil servants' salaries (including teachers), a small increase is observed. The change is due to an 
increase  in  salary  supplements,  which  had  been  reduced  or  removed  in  previous  years  in  some 
Autonomous Communities. 

Around  a  quarter  of  countries  granted  an  increase  in  salaries  to  all  public  employees  in  2013/14, 
including teachers. In the Czech Republic, since 1 November 2014, salaries of employees in services 
and  administration  including  the  education  and  non-education  staff  at  schools  were  increased  by 
3.5 %. In Luxembourg, the increase of 2.2 % is due to an agreement between the government and the 
representatives  of  the  public  employees.  In  Romania,  from  March  2015,  the  basic  salaries  were 
increased by 5 %. Another 5 % increase is applied as from September 2015. In Malta, the collective 
agreement for all public service employees in force from October 2012 granted a 2.5 % annual salary 
increase for the years between 2011 and 2016.  

In  2014/15,  10  countries  or  regions  (Belgium  –  French  and  Flemish  Communities,  Ireland,  France, 
Poland,  Finland,  the  United  Kingdom  and  Montenegro)  had  no  significant  change  (1 %  or  less)  in 
teachers' salaries in comparison to 2013/14. 

Only  one country  registered  a  salary decrease of  more  than 1 %  (Serbia). Due to  budgetary deficits 
and  a  new  fiscal  savings  plan,  salaries  of  all  public  employees  in  Serbia,  including  teachers,  school 
heads  and  other  education  staff,  were  reduced  by  10 %  in  November  2014.  In  some  schools,  the 
teachers'  salaries  were  additionally  reduced  in  February 2015  after  refusing  to  end  a  strike  after  the 
signature of the new collective agreement.  

Six countries (Greece, Italy, Cyprus, Lithuania, Slovenia and Liechtenstein) still apply a salary freeze.  

(5)  See  Teachers'  and  School  Heads'  salaries  and  allowances  in  Europe,  2013/14,  p. 20,  for  the  evolution  of  the  minimum 

gross annual statutory salaries from 2009 to 2014.  

13 

                                                 
T e a c h e r s '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a r i e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u r o p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

Figure 2: Changes in TEACHERS' statutory salaries in general education (ISCED 0, 1, 2 and 3)  
in the public sector between 2013/14 and 2014/15  

Increase  

  Decrease 

No changes  
(no significant  
changes; 1 % or less) 

  Salaries frozen  

  Data not available 

Source: Eurydice. 

Explanatory note 
The  figure  presents  the  absolute  changes  (increases  and  decreases)  in  the  gross  annual  statutory  salary  for  teachers  in 
2014/15 compared with the previous year without taking inflation into consideration. Only changes greater than 1 % on a year to 
year basis are considered for increase or decrease.  
The basic gross annual statutory salary is defined as the amount paid by the employer in year, including general increases to 
salary  scales,  the  13th  month  and  holiday  pay  (where  applicable)  but  excluding  the  employers’  social  security  and  pension 
contributions.  This  salary  does  not  include  other  salary  allowances  or  financial  benefits  (related,  for  example,  to  further 
qualifications, merit, overtime, additional responsibilities, geographical location, teaching classes in challenging circumstances, 
or accommodation, health or travel costs).  

For information regarding decision-making levels, see Figure 5.  

Country specific notes 
For additional information and country specific notes please refer to the detailed National Data Sheets under the section 'Salary 
increase/decrease' in Part II of the document. 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
P a r t   I :   C o m p a r a t i v e   A n a l y s i s  

School heads’ statutory starting salary is higher than GDP per capita  
in a majority of countries 

The minimum salary for school heads is always higher than the minimum salary of teachers. This is 
related  to  the  fact  that  several  years’  teaching  experience  is  generally  required  to  become  a  head. 
Maximum (as well as minimum) statutory salaries are also higher for school heads due to the level of 
responsibility they have.  

A positive correlation exists between the number of students and the level of salaries for school heads 
in a third of countries, regardless of ISCED level, i.e. the greater the number of students, the higher 
the salary. This is the case in Belgium (Flemish Community, in the French Community only for primary 
education  and  in  the  German-speaking  Community  only  for  secondary  education),  Denmark,  Spain, 
France  (only  for  primary  education),  Croatia,  Latvia,  the  Netherlands,  Austria,  Portugal,  Finland, 
Bosnia and Herzegovina, Liechtenstein and the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia.  

The  minimum  basic  statutory  salary  for  school  heads  in  primary  and  lower  secondary  education  is 
higher than the GDP per capita in most countries, with the exceptions of Bulgaria, the Czech Republic, 
Latvia,  Lithuania,  Hungary,  Austria  (only  for  small  schools),  Poland,  Romania,  Slovakia  and 
Liechtenstein. 

For upper secondary education, only seven countries (Bulgaria, the Czech Republic, Latvia, Lithuania, 
Poland, Romania and Slovakia) register a minimum basic statutory salary lower than GDP per capita. 
The  maximum  basic  statutory  salary  for  school  heads  is  higher  than  the  GPD  per  capita  in  all 
countries  apart  from  Bulgaria  (only  ISCED 1),  the  Czech  Republic  (all  education  levels)  and  Poland 
(only for ISCED 1). The highest ratio between maximum school heads salary and GDP per capita can 
be  observed  in  the  United  Kingdom  (England,  Wales  and  Northern  Ireland,  465 %  for  Group 8), 
Cyprus (376%) and Portugal (307 %).  

Figure 3 shows school heads’ salaries for ISCED 1, 2 and 3, since, in almost all countries (apart from 
Portugal  and  the  United  Kingdom),  differences  exist  between  the  various  levels  of  education.  In 
Portugal, the salary of school heads is based on their career position and on the number of pupils in 
their  school  or  school  cluster,  and  is  not  affected  by  the  level  of  education.  A  more  complex 
arrangement exists in the United Kingdom (England, Wales and Northern Ireland), but in practice, the 
lowest salaries in the ranges will tend to be paid only to heads in the very smallest primary schools 
and the highest to heads of very large secondary schools. The statutory salary ranges for heads do 
not apply to academies (government-dependent private schools).  

15 

T e a c h e r s '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a r i e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u r o p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

Figure 3: Minimum and maximum annual basic gross statutory salaries for SCHOOL HEADS  
in general education (ISCED 1, 2 and 3) in public schools compared to per capita GDP at current 
prices, in EUR, 2014/15  

ISCED levels 1, 2 and 3 

ISCED 1 

EUR 

ISCED 2 

ISCED 3 

EUR 

  GDP 

  Minimum salary 

  Maximum salary 

Source: Eurydice. 

Explanatory note 
The  basic  gross  annual  statutory  salary  is  the  amount  paid  by  the  employer  year,  including  general  increases  to  salary 
scales,  the  13th  month  and  holiday  pay  (where  applicable)  but  excluding  the  employers’  social  security  and  pension 
contributions. 

16 

 
 
 
 
P a r t   I :   C o m p a r a t i v e   A n a l y s i s  

This salary does not include other salary allowances or financial benefits 
(related, for example, to further qualifications, merit, overtime, additional 
responsibilities,  geographical  location,  the  obligation  to  teach  classes  in 
challenging  circumstances,  or  accommodation,  health  or  travel  costs). 
The  minimum  salary  indicated  is  the  gross  salary  received  by  school 
heads at the start of their career. The maximum salary is the basic gross 
salary received by school heads on retirement or after a certain number 
of years’ service. The maximum salary includes increases related solely 
to length of service and/or age. 

The  values  indicated  in  the  diagram  show  the  minimum  and  maximum 
annual gross statutory salary EUR and GDP per capita (at current prices 
in EUR) in the country concerned. The reference calendar year for GDP 
per  capita  is  2013.  Exchange  rates,  source:  Eurostat  (ert_bil_eur_a), 
values  at  the  end  of  the  period  (year  2014).  The  reference  period  for 
salaries  is  the  2014/15  school  year  or  the  calendar  year  2015.  For 
Germany  (Länder)  and  Estonia  data  are  not  available  and  therefore 
these two countries are not included in the figure. 

See detailed National Data Sheets for additional info. 

Other than ISCED level criteria 

EUR 

  GDP 

Data (Figure 3) 

Minimum 
salary 

Maximum 
salary 

Table 1: Minimum and maximum annual gross statutory salaries for SCHOOL HEADS (in EUR) 

ISCED 

BE fr 

BE de  BE nl

BG

CZ

DK

DE

EE

IE

EL 

ES 

level 

a 

b 

c

d 

a 

b

a

b

a 

b 

FR

a

b

P  Min  34 332  35 760  37 187 38 614  39 035  45 978 40 638 4 172  8 913  56 008

Max  58 807  60 235  61 662 63 089  64 490  68 566 63 226 5 154  12 230 67 383

LS  Min  38 608  49 088 

47 830  45 978

4 172  8 913  56 008

Max  65 674  78 365 

77 239  68 566

6 258  12 230 67 383

US  Min  38 608  49 088 

47 830  53 667

4 172  8 913  81 367 71 512

Max  65 674  78 365 

77 239  82 789

7 117  12 230 81 367 71 512

: 

: 

: 

: 

: 

: 

: 

: 

: 

: 

: 

: 

37 124  17 772  36 421  30 350  31 061

89 135  28 356  47 965  41 894  49 135

37 124  19 572  41 744  38 906  37 363

101 828  28 356  56 842  54 004  64 092

37 124  20 172  41 744  38 906  40 998 37 363

101 828  28 956  56 842  54 004  68 919 64 092

ISCED 

HR 

IT 

CY 

LV 

LT

LU

HU

MT

NL

AT

PL 

PT 

RO

SI

level 

a 

b 

c

a 

b

c

a

b 

P  Min  15 985  17 284  14 695 47 167  48 724  9 135  10 125 11 201 9 434 

Max  18 060  19 528  16 602 47 167  69 220 

: 

: 

: 

18 402

(-) 

(-) 

8 740  22 934 40 580 41 320  36 376  6 790 

(-) 

3 374  26 020

18 261 26 512 75 219 67 120  61 513  8 905 

(-) 

10 371 39 366

LS  Min  15 985  17 284  14 695 47 167  57 694  9 135  10 125 11 201 9 434  129 600 8 740  22 934 44 893 41 320  36 376  7 701 

(-) 

3 903  26 020

Max 

18 060  19 528  16 602 47 167  71 359 

: 

: 

: 

18 402 156 000 18 261 26 512

100 
396  67 120  61 513  10 154 

(-) 

11 201 39 366

US  Min  15 985  17 284  14 695 47 167  57 694  9 135  10 125 11 201 9 434  129 600 12 272 22 934 44 893 54 083  49 721  8 800 

(-) 

3 903  26 020

Max 

18 060  19 528  16 602 47 167  71 359 

: 

: 

: 

18 402 156 000 19 551 26 512

100 
396  82 334  77 381  11 623 

(-) 

11 201 40 877

ISCED 

SK 

level 

FI 

a 

SE 

UK-

BA

IS

b

c 

d 

SCT

a

B

c

LI

a

b

c

ME  MK 

NO 

RS

TR

P  Min  12 426  48 797  45 437

47 269 55 382 8 959  9 796  10 515 35 471 57 513 40 348 68 800  9 333  7 394 

Max  14 814  59 179  55 104

64 899 108 102 9 949  11 403 11 911 100 503 134 433 44 935 122 334  13 097  8 282 

LS  Min  12 426  46 936  50 763 52 971  55 224  47 269 55 382 11 724 9 796  10 515 35 471 68 800

Max  14 814  56 921  61 563 64 240  66 972  64 899 108 102 12 908 11 403 11 911 100 503 122 334

9 333  7 394 

13 097  8 282 

US  Min  12 426  53 693 

Max  15 234  65 116 

47 269 55 382 11 724 9 796  10 515 58 425 137 320 77 274

9 333  7 743 

64 899 108 102 12 908 11 403 11 911 76 843 157 159 86 065

13 097  9 441 

17 

a/b 

(-) 

(-) 

(-) 

(-) 

(-) 

(-) 

7 106  15 133

8 081  16 707

7 106  16 074

8 081  17 648

7 106  16 074

8 081  17 648

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e r s '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a r i e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u r o p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

Table 2: Other than ISCED level criteria 

Portugal 

School with 
less than 
301 students 

23 999 

43 637 

Schools between 

Schools between

301 and 600 students  601 and 900 students

Schools between
901 and 1 200 
students 

Schools between 
1 201 and 1 500 
students 

Schools with
more than
1 500 students 

25 166 

44 686 

26 917 

46 261 

29 053 

48 360 

29 578 

48 885 

30 103 

49 409 

United Kingdom – England and Wales 

Group 1 

Group 2 

Group 3 

Group 4 

Group 5 

Group 6 

Group 7 

Group 8 

55 504 

74 587 

58 314 

80 268 

62 898 

86 391 

67 599 

92 976 

74 587 

80 268 

86 391 

95 282 

102 545 

113 111 

124 699 

137 643 

United Kingdom – Northern Ireland 

Group 1 
(L6 - L18) 

55 503 

74 586 

Group 2 
(L8 - L21) 

Group 3
(L11 - L24) 

Group 4
(L14 - L27) 

Group 5
(L18 - L31) 

Group 6
(L21 - L35) 

Group 7 
(L24 - L39) 

Group 8
(L28 - L43) 

58 313 

80 267 

62 895 

86 390 

67 597 

92 975 

74 586 

80 267 

86 390 

95 281 

102 545 

113 110 

124 698 

137 642 

Min 

Max 

Min 

Max 

Min 

Max 

Country specific notes (Figure 3) 
Belgium: National per capita GDP is taken into account (instead of per capita GDP in each Community). 
Belgium (BE fr): ISCED 1 (a) < 72 pupils; (b) 72-140 pupils; (c) 141-209 pupils; (d) > 209 pupils. ISCED 2 and 3 (a) D1 only; 
(b) D1+D2+D3 or D2+D3. 
Belgium  (BE  de):  School  heads  of  secondary  institutions  receive  an  additional  bonus  per  year  depending  on  the  number  of 
students  in  the  school  (<  600  pupils:  EUR 282.74  x  12  months  x  1.6084  (index)  =  5 457.11;  >  600  pupils:  EUR 424.20  x 
12 months x 1.6084 = 8 187.40). 
Belgium (BE nl): ISCED 1 (a) >= 350 pupils; (b) < 180 pupils/100 pupils in Brussels Capital Region. 
Czech  Republic:  School  heads  receive  an  additional  allowance  for  leadership  (5-60 %  of  a  teachers'  salary  according  to  the 
level of leadership), which is not included in the table. 
Denmark: For ISCED 3 a) > 700 full-time students; b) ≤ 700 full-time students. 
Spain: (a) Largest school (Type A); (b) smallest school (Type F) for primary education and (Type D) for secondary education. 
France:  Data  for  school  heads  in  secondary  schools  take  into  account  the  basic  salary,  compensation  for  living  in  high  cost 
cities  (indemnité  de  résidence),  and  two  specific  allowances  for  responsibilities,  called  indemnité  de  responsabilité  des 
personnels de direction and indemnités pour sujetions spéciales des personnels de direction. ISCED 3 (a) Lycées; (b) Lycées 
professionnels. 
Croatia: ISCED 1, 2, 3 (a) medium sized school; (b) large school; (c) small school. 
Latvia: ISCED 1, 2, 3 (a) between 251 and 400 pupils; (b) between 601 and 800 pupils; (c) between 1 001 and 1 200 pupils. 
Hungary:  School  heads'  basic  gross  annual  statutory  salaries  shown  in  this  figure  correspond  to  the  statutory  salaries  of 
teachers plus the allowance for school leadership (40-80 % of HUF 160 167 or 175 494/month). 
Luxembourg: There are no school heads in pre-primary and primary education institutions.  
Netherlands: For some school heads, salaries may be higher (depends on the decision of the school board).  
Austria: ISCED 1, 2, 3 (a) large school; (b) small school. See National Data Sheets for additional details.  
Finland: ISCED 1 (a) big school; (b) small school; ISCED 2 (a) (<=6 groups of 32 pupils); (b) (7-14 groups of 32 pupils);    
c) (15-19 groups of 32 pupils); d) (> 20 groups of 32 pupils). 
Sweden: The indicated data for minimum and maximum salaries corresponds to the 10th and 90th percentiles of actual school 
heads' salaries for the school year 2014/15. 
United Kingdom: The country's per capita GDP is taken into account (instead of per capita GDP in each part of the UK). 
United  Kingdom  (ENG/WLS/NIR):  The  eight  rows  indicate  the  minimum  and  maximum  salaries  in  eight  school  'groups' 
according to which school heads are paid. The groups are dependent upon school size, pupil ages and the numbers of pupils 
with SEN. In England and Wales, only the minimum and maximum value for each group is specified and it is for the school to 
determine the appropriate pay range within these limits. In Northern Ireland, each group covers a range of 13-16 points on an 
overall 43-points pay spine, within which each school uses an 'individual school range' (ISR) of seven consecutive points. 
Bosnia and Herzegovina: ISCED 1 (a) small sized under the 400 pupils; (b) medium sized from 400 to 800 pupils; (c) big sized 
above 800 pupils. ISCED 2 (a) small sized; (b) medium sized; (c) big sized. ISCED 3 (a) small sized; (b) medium sized; (c) big 
sized. 
Liechtenstein: ISCED 1, 2, 3 (a) large schools; (b) small schools. 
Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia: GDP per capita 2011. 
Norway: There are no longer statutory salaries for school heads. 
Serbia: GDP per capita 2012. 
Turkey: GDP per capita 2011. 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
P a r t   I :   C o m p a r a t i v e   A n a l y s i s  

The increase in teachers' statutory salaries is positively correlated to career 
length in almost all countries  

The  relationship  between maximum  and  minimum  annual  gross  statutory  salaries  is  a  pointer  to  the 
long-term  prospects  of  teachers  in  terms  of  the  salary  increases  they  can  reasonably  expect  during 
their  careers  if  only  their  length  of  service  is  taken  into  account.  Figure 4  analyses  the  differences 
between minimum and maximum statutory salaries and the number of years’ service needed to obtain 
the maximum level. 

Five different groups of countries can be identified (see Figure 4):  

Group 1 – in the bottom left of the figure, this group is characterised by a short to medium length-of- 
service needed to reach the maximum statutory salary (from 6 to 20 years) and a relative low salary 
increase (from 3 % to 33 %), and includes Denmark, Estonia, Malta, Finland and the United Kingdom 
(Scotland). In these countries, teachers with less than 20 years’ experience can reach the maximum 
statutory salary, which is approximately 30 % higher than the minimum.  

Group 2 – features a short to medium length-of-service to reach the maximum statutory salary but a 
relatively high salary increase (from 58 % to 106 %). It encompasses Lithuania, the Netherlands and 
the  United  Kingdom  (Northern  Ireland).  In  the  United  Kingdom  (Northern  Ireland)  with  10 years' 
experience the salary increase may reach 70 %, while in Lithuania, after 15 years it may rise to around 
85 %. In the Netherlands from 2014, teachers may obtain the maximum statutory salary after 15 years 
at primary level and 12 years in (upper) secondary with increases of 58 % and 106 % respectively. 

Group 3 – teachers in these countries (Belgium (all communities), Luxembourg, Poland and Slovenia) 
need between  20 and 27 years'  experience  to  reach  the  maximum  salary.  The  increase varies  from 
60 % in Belgium (German-speaking Community) to 77 % in Luxembourg.  

Group  4  –  a  medium  to  long  length-of-service  is  needed  in  the  Czech  Republic,  Spain,  France, 
Croatia,  Italy,  Slovakia,  Serbia  and  Turkey  to  reach  the  maximum  statutory  salary  (from  27 years  in 
Turkey  to  40  in  Serbia).  For  these  countries,  the  relative  salary  increase  is  less  pronounced,  apart 
from  France  where  the  increase  is  80 %  for  the  Professeurs  des  écoles  (with  an  average  length  of 
service to reach the maximum statutory salary of 25 years) and higher than 70 % for the Professeurs 
certifiés  (with  an  average  length  of  service  to  reach  the  maximum  statutory  salary  of  29 years). 
Indeed, for the other countries, it varies from 16 % in Turkey to 50 % in Italy. 

Group 5 – encompasses Greece, Hungary, Austria, Portugal and Romania. A relatively long length of 
service (from 33 years in Greece to 42 in Hungary) is needed in these countries before reaching the 
maximum  salary.  However,  in  this  group,  the  salary  increase  is  very  large,  almost  doubling  (roughly 
89 %) in Greece and Hungary, and over 182 % in Romania. 

Cyprus  and  Ireland  are  particular  cases  since  they  award  salary  increases  of  143 %  and  113 % 
respectively, after 22 and 24 years' experience.  

At  all  three  education  levels  (ISCED  1,  2  and  3),  the  increase  from  the  minimum  to  the  maximum 
statutory salary is normally positively correlated to the length of service. The three countries with the 
greatest differences between the maximum and minimum salaries (more than 90 %) and the highest 
number  of  years  needed  to  obtain  it  (34 years  or  more)  are  Hungary  (secondary  level),  Austria  and 
Romania.  

Some countries do not have salary increases correlated to the number of years in the profession. This 
is the case, for example, in Sweden, where salaries are performance-based and set after negotiations 

19 

T e a c h e r s '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a r i e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u r o p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

and are not specifically linked to the number of years in the profession. In Iceland, a combination of 
education, work experience and actual age determines the level of salaries. In Liechtenstein also, age 
is not the major factor in reaching the maximum basic statutory salary. Whilst a small proportion of the 
salary  increase  is  based on  age  and  years of  service,  the  larger  element  is performance-based  and 
index-related. In Montenegro, the average number of years needed to achieve the maximum salary is 
not prescribed by statute, but the length of service does contribute alongside other factors such as the 
level of teachers' education.  

In  the  majority  of  countries,  the  relative  increase  in  the  statutory  salary  and  the  length  of  service 
needed  to  reach  the  maximum  are  the  same  for  primary  and  secondary  level.  However,  in  some 
countries, while the number of years’ service needed to obtain the maximum salary is the same, the 
relative increase in statutory salaries varies according to the education level.  

The data shown in Figure 4 may partly explain why teaching may be more attractive at some stages of 
a career than others. Clearly, teachers whose salaries rise significantly throughout their entire career 
may be less inclined to leave the profession than those whose salaries do not progress much after the 
early years of teaching. 

Figure 4: Relationship between the relative increase in TEACHERS' statutory salaries and the 
length of service needed to obtain the maximum salary in general education (ISCED 1, 2 and 3) 
in public schools, 2014/15 

Years’ service needed to obtain the maximum salary 

y
r
a
a
s

l

y
r
o
t
u
t
a
t
s

e
h
t

n

i

e
s
a
e
r
c
n

i

e
v
i
t

l

a
e
R

l

R
e
a
t
i
v
e

i

n
c
r
e
a
s
e

i

n

t
h
e

s
t
a
t

u

t

o
r
y

l

s
a
a
r
y

Years’ service needed to obtain the maximum salary 

Data 

Trends 

 

Primary 
(ISCED 1) 

 

Lower 
secondary 
(ISCED 2) 

− 

Upper  
secondary 
(ISCED 3) 

Source: Eurydice. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
P a r t   I :   C o m p a r a t i v e   A n a l y s i s  

Explanatory note 
The figure shows the relative increase in the statutory salary (calculated as the difference between the maximum and minimum 
values) and the number of years’ service needed to obtain the maximum salary. The trend lines are obtained as a non-weighted 
linear regression between the two data sets. Only countries with both minimum and maximum statutory salaries and available 
data  on  the  number  of  years’  service  needed  to  obtain  the  maximum  salary  are  shown  on  the  figure.  Therefore,  Bulgaria, 
Germany,  Latvia,  Sweden,  the  United  Kingdom  (England  and  Wales),  Bosnia  and  Herzegovina,  Iceland,  Liechtenstein, 
Montenegro, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia and Norway are not shown. 

Country specific notes  
Ireland: Data shown are for teachers appointed on or after 1 February 2011. 
Spain: The total amounts correspond to average salaries in public education, calculated as a weighted average of the salaries 
in the different Autonomous Communities. Only data on non Catedráticos teachers is shown.  
France: At ISCED 1, the minimum and maximum salaries refer to the statutory wage of a Professeur des écoles and include an 
indemnité de résidence and a bonus for tutoring (ISAE). At ISCED 2 or ISCED 3, minimum and maximum salaries refer to the 
statutory  wage  of  a  Professeur  certifié  and  include  an  indemnité  de  résidence,  a  bonus  for  tutoring  and  bonuses  for  extra 
teaching time. 
Italy: Data is for teachers with a Laurea magistrale (Master’s degree). 
Austria: At ISCED 1, value is equal to Portugal (see rectangle instead of square for those two countries). 
Finland:  Maximum  salaries  may  vary  considerably  depending  on  teachers’  years  of  service  and  individual  increments.  The 
information shown provides an estimate of the annual basic gross maximum salary.  
United Kingdom (ENG/WLS): In September 2014, the system of incremental pay points and automatic pay progression based 
on length of service was replaced by a performance-related pay scheme with pay ranges with minimum and maximum amounts 
only. Schools now have discretion over the speed of progression and the specific pay increases awarded. 

Top-level authorities set basic statutory salaries for teachers and school heads 
in public schools in almost all countries 

The  amount  of  the  basic  statutory  salary  for  teachers  and  school  heads  at  the  different  levels  of 
education  is  decided  by  the  top-level  authority  for  education  in  almost  all  European  countries (6).  In 
Germany,  the  regional  governments  of  each  Land  are  responsible  for  setting  teachers'  and  school 
heads' salaries; while in Spain the responsibility is shared between the national authority (basic salary 
and  extra  payments  for  the  length  of  service  and  civil  service  rank  held)  and  the  Autonomous 
Communities (allowances for teaching, in-service training and other salary supplements). 

In Finland and Sweden, teachers’ basic remuneration is decided on the basis of negotiations between 
the education authorities and the trade unions and, consequently, there are no statutory salaries in the 
strict  sense  of  the  term.  In  Finland,  teachers’  salaries  are  agreed  nationally  as  part  of  collective 
agreements  for  state  and  municipal  civil  servants  in  the  education  sector.  These  negotiations  take 
place  at  intervals  of  one  to  three  years,  between  the  trade  union  for  education  and  local  authority 
employers.  In  Sweden,  teachers'  salaries  are  performance-based  and  agreements  at  central  level 
specified  at  local  level  provide  the  framework  within  which  teachers'  salaries  are  negotiated  on  an 
individual basis. Teachers' salaries are established at local level for pre-primary education in Estonia 
and  Croatia,  and  for  pre-primary  and  compulsory  education  in  Iceland.  In  Norway,  the  minimum 
salaries  for  teachers  are  negotiated  between  the  Norwegian  Association  of  Local  and  Regional 
Authorities  and  trade  unions  at  central  level.  Local  and  regional  authorities  are  free  to  increase  the 
minimum salaries.  

Only  in  Estonia  and  Latvia,  are  teachers'  and  school  heads'  salaries  decided  by  different  levels  of 
authority.  In  Estonia  (except  pre-primary  education)  and  Latvia,  teachers'  salaries  are  decided  at 
central level. In Estonia, school heads conclude an employment contract with the rural municipality or 
city  mayor  or  an official authorised  by the  mayor.  In  Latvia  for  heads  in pre-primary  education,  local 
authorities  set  the  basic  rate  and  fund  salaries.  For  primary,  lower  secondary  and  upper  secondary 
school heads, the basic salary rate is set by the central authority while actual salaries vary according 
to school size. These rates are set by the founders – the local authority or the ministry.  

(6) 

For additional info on the decision making bodies involved in the transfer of funds (including for teaching staff) to schools 
see  European  Commission/EACEA/Eurydice  2014.  Financing  Schools  in  Europe:  Mechanisms,  Methods  and  Criteria  in 
Public Funding. [Online] Available at: 
https://webgate.ec.europa.eu/fpfis/mwikis/eurydice/index.php/Publications:Financing_Schools_in_Europe:_Mechanisms,_
Methods_and_Criteria_in_Public_Funding [Accessed 23 June 2015]. 

21 

                                                 
 
T e a c h e r s '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a r i e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u r o p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

Figure 5: Decision-making levels (public authorities) responsible for setting TEACHERS’ basic 
statutory salaries in general education (ISCED 0, 1, 2 and 3) in public schools, 2014/15 

Pre-primary 

Upper secondary 

Top-level authority  
(central and/or regional level) 

Local level 

School level 

Source: Eurydice. 

Explanatory note 
The  top-level  authority  for  education  in  most  countries  is  the  central  government.  In  federal  or  similar  types  of  government 
structure, however, the top level corresponds to the governments of the Communities in Belgium, the Länder in Germany, the 
governments of the Autonomous  Communities  in  addition to the central government in  Spain,  and  the education ministries in 
England, Wales, Northern Ireland and Scotland for the United Kingdom. 

Teachers’ (School Heads') basic statutory salary is the remuneration awarded to a teacher (school head), who is a childless, 
unmarried  person,  holding  the  minimum  qualifications  required  to  teach  (or  to  manage  a  school)  at  a  specific  level  of  the 
education system. The basic salary may vary according to the level of education. 

This figure only shows the authority levels which have some decision-making powers regarding the basic statutory salary. Lower 
level authorities using salary scales or criteria defined by higher levels to set teachers' basic statutory salaries are not regarded 
as having decision-making powers, as they only apply the rules established by other bodies. 

Almost all European countries pay allowances to teachers 

Teachers' basic salaries generally increase along with their length of service (see Figure 4). However, 
various  allowances  may  be  added  to  the  basic  salary,  and  these  can  make  up  a  considerable 
proportion of teachers' take-home pay. Additional allowances may be granted for: extra qualifications; 
as  a  result  of  performance  management  procedures  based  on  appraisals  of  teachers’  work  and/or 
students' examination results; for teaching in challenging circumstances or working with students with 
special  needs;  for  teaching  in  remote  or  expensive  geographical  areas;  as  well  as  for  overtime 
worked.  

For  thirteen  countries  (Belgium  –  all  three  communities,  Ireland,  Greece,  Spain,  France,  Croatia, 
Luxembourg, Hungary, Malta, Bosnia and Herzegovina, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, 
Serbia and Turkey), the allowances are decided by the top/central level. Conversely, in Italy and in the 
Netherlands, the decision on allowances is taken at school level. In the remaining countries, decision-
making is shared, involving the central/top level and/or local authorities and/or school.  

Almost  one  third  of  countries/regions  offer  all  or  almost  all  of  the  types  of  allowances  mentioned 
above.  At  the  other  end  of  the  spectrum,  in  education  systems  such  as  in  Belgium  (French  and 
Flemish Communities), Portugal, the United Kingdom (Scotland), Liechtenstein and Montenegro, only 
one  or  two  of  these  allowances  exist.  Since  January  2013,  Cyprus  has  no  longer  provided  any 
allowances to teachers due to budgetary restrictions. 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
P a r t   I :   C o m p a r a t i v e   A n a l y s i s  

Allowances for formal qualifications higher than the minimum required for being a fully qualified 
teacher (i.e. Master’s degree, research degree or Doctorate) are provided in the majority of education 
systems.  Generally,  the  top-level  education  authorities  define  the  types  and  amounts  of  allowances. 
However,  in  some  countries,  these  allowances  are  established  on  the  basis  of  local/school 
agreements.  In  Belgium  (French  and  German-speaking  Communities),  Greece,  Iceland,  the  former 
Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia and Turkey, teachers qualified at Master or Ph.D. level move up on 
the  salary  scale.  In  Belgium  (French  Community),  if  teachers  in  primary  and  lower  secondary 
education complete  a  specific  Master's  degree  in  education  (any  Master's  degree  in  the  case  of  the 
German-speaking  Community),  they  are  paid  at  the  same  salary  level  as  upper  secondary  school 
teachers, for whom the qualification is a requirement. In Turkey, teachers with a Master's degree move 
up  one  level  on  the  salary  scale  and  teachers  with  a  Doctorate  move  up  two  levels.  In  Belgium 
(Flemish  Community),  Bulgaria,  Croatia,  Slovenia,  Montenegro  and  Serbia,  obtaining  any 
postgraduate qualifications/degrees beyond the minimum required leads to the fixed salary increase. 
In Croatia, for example, an extra 8 % and 15 % of the basic statutory salary is allocated to teachers 
who hold Master's and Ph.D. degree respectively. 

Continuing  professional  development  (CPD)  is  considered  as  a  professional  duty  for  teachers  in 
the  great  majority  of  European  countries.  In  some  countries,  for  example  in  Lithuania,  Poland, 
Romania  and  Slovenia,  CPD  participation  is,  moreover,  a  prerequisite  for  career  advancement  and 
salary  increases (7).  Only  about  a  quarter  of  countries/regions  provide  teachers  with  financial 
allowances for obtaining further qualifications through CPD. 

In more than a third of the countries/regions, teachers may be rewarded for the quality or value of their 
work  by  additional  payments  following  a  performance  appraisal  or  based  on  their  students’ 
examination results. In the Czech Republic, this allowance is usually 2.8 % of the gross salary, while 
in  the  former  Yugoslav  Republic  of  Macedonia,  excellent  and  outstanding  teachers  in  primary 
education and secondary education are rewarded by the fixed salary supplement. Austria also awards 
a bonus (lump sum) for outstanding performance or involvement in particularly successful projects. In 
Poland,  a  specific  'motivation  incentive'  is  granted  by  the  school  head,  in  agreement  with  the  local 
authorities,  for  good  teaching,  for  introducing  effective  innovation  into  teaching  practices,  strong 
commitment  to  teaching  activities  and  for  exceptional  performance  in  carrying  out  tasks  and  duties. 
Finally,  in  the  United  Kingdom  (England,  Wales  and  Northern  Ireland),  each  school  carries  out  a 
performance  appraisal  and,  subject  to  this  being  satisfactory,  a  teacher  will  be  awarded  a  pay 
increase. In Northern Ireland, this will normally mean they move 1 point up a pay scale, although, in 
cases of outstanding performance, they may move 2 points up the scale. In England and Wales, the 
rate and degree of progression related to performance is left to the discretion of the school. 

(7) 

See  European  Commission/EACEA/Eurydice,  2015.  The  Teaching  Profession  in  Europe:  Practices,  Perceptions,  and 
Policies. [Online] Available at:  
https://webgate.ec.europa.eu/fpfis/mwikis/eurydice/index.php/Publications:The_Teaching_Profession_in_Europe:_Practic
es,_Perceptions,_and_Policies 

23 

                                                 
 
T e a c h e r s '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a r i e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u r o p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

Figure 6: Salary allowances and complementary payments for TEACHERS  
in general education (ISCED 0, 1, 2 and 3) in public schools,  
with the levels of authority responsible for decision-making, 2014/15  

Further formal qualifications 

Further CPD qualifications

Positive performance appraisal or 
good student results

Additional responsibilities

Geographical location (high cost of living, 
disadvantaged or remote area)

Teaching pupils/students with special educa-
tion needs or in challenging circumstances

Participation in extra-curricular activities

Overtime 

Top-level authority (central and/or regional level) 

Local 

Schools 

Source: Eurydice. 

Explanatory note 
See definitions of each type of allowance in Part III: Definitions. 

Country specific notes 
Belgium (BE fr): Overtime allowances apply to teachers in courses in Social Advancement Education. 
Ireland:  Qualification,  geographical  allowances  and  allowances  for  teaching  in  Irish  have  been  withdrawn  for  teachers 
appointed for the first time from 1 February 2012. 
Spain: Salary allowances for geographical location apply only in some Autonomous Communities. 
Poland:  Decisions  on  teachers'  allowances  for  'positive  performance  appraisal  or  good  student  results’  and  ‘additional 
responsibilities' can also be taken at local level. 
Slovenia:  The  allowance  linked  to  work  performance  is  defined  by  law  and  varies  between  2 %  and  5 %of  the  basic  annual 
salary for regular work. However, as a consequence of the economic crisis, neither teacher nor school heads receive this. 
Sweden: Salary increases are negotiated on an individual basis. The criteria used may include those listed above or others; it is 
a matter decided at local level. 

Almost  all  European  countries  give  teachers  financial  allowances  when  they  are  willing  to  assume 
additional  responsibilities.  These  responsibilities  can  include  the  supervision  of  pupils  after  class, 
participation  in  school  management,  provision  of  support  to  other  teachers,  serving  as  a  head  of 
department,  membership  of  selection  or  examination  committees,  participation  in  national  or 
international  bodies,  or 
for  additional 
responsibilities are allocated both by the top-level authority for some of the regulated activities as well 
as at school level for specific tasks which fall within the scope of the school's autonomy for managing 
delegated budgets. In Finland and Sweden, they are allocated solely at local level. 

teaching  materials.  Allowances 

the  organisation  of 

financial  allowances  related 

the  countries/regions  examined  provide 

Nearly  half  of 
the 
geographical  location  of  the  school  in  which  teachers  work.  These  allowances,  defined  by 
central/top-level  authorities,  generally  take  the  form  of  incentives  intended  to  encourage  teachers  to 
accept  posts  in  remote  or  rural  areas  (Denmark,  Estonia,  Greece,  Spain,  Poland,  Romania,  Finland 
and  the  United  Kingdom  (Scotland));  or  socially  disadvantaged  regions  with  high  levels  of  social 
exclusion, or a high proportion of pupils from minority ethnic or linguistic backgrounds (Ireland, Spain, 
France,  Italy  and  Hungary).  France  and  the  United  Kingdom  (England)  also  provide  allowances  for 
economic  reasons,  i.e.  to  compensate  teachers  for  working  in  capital  cities  or  other  areas  with  an 
above average cost of living.  

to 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
P a r t   I :   C o m p a r a t i v e   A n a l y s i s  

The  majority  of  countries/regions  provide  financial  allowances  for  teachers  who  teach  pupils  with 
learning difficulties or special educational needs (SEN) in mainstream classes. While allowances 
for teaching pupils with SEN are the most common, other types of allowances are also available such 
as those for teaching children with language difficulties, children of different ages in the same class, or 
pupils  with  low  levels  of  attainment.  In  Slovenia,  for  example,  allowances  are  provided  for  teaching 
bilingual  classes.  In  Sweden,  the  presence  in  a  class  of  pupils  with  learning  difficulties  or  special 
needs  may  be  taken  into  account  in  individual  salary  negotiations.  The  allowances  are  sometimes 
calculated as a percentage of the statutory salary, as in Estonia, Croatia, Latvia, Lithuania, Hungary, 
Romania,  Slovenia  and  Bosnia  and  Herzegovina,  or  awarded  as  a  lump  sum  (as  in  Austria).  In  the 
United  Kingdom  (England,  Wales  and Northern  Ireland), while  the  range of  the  amounts awarded  is 
centrally determined, schools are free to appoint individuals to these roles and allocate an appropriate 
point on the range. Similarly, in the United Kingdom (Northern Ireland) while there are two centrally set 
levels, it is for schools to determine which is most appropriate. Schools may also offer recruitment and 
retention points for those working in challenging circumstances for a fixed period of up to three years 
in Northern Ireland, or of a duration to be decided by the school in England and Wales. 

In  some  countries,  participation  in  extra-curricular  activities  is  remunerated  as  overtime  but  in 
others  specific  allowances  are  granted  for  this  type  of  work.  For  example,  in  Slovenia,  teaching 
outdoor classes (šola v naravi) is remunerated by up to an extra 20 % of the basic salary for six hours 
per day in primary and lower secondary education. In addition, for workshops, sports and other extra-
curricular activities (interesne dejavnosti), a fixed amount per hour is paid at all levels of compulsory 
education. Whereas in Turkey, teachers in lower and upper secondary education participating in extra-
curricular activities receive an allowance equivalent of six teaching hours a week, in Luxembourg, the 
compensation is made by the reduction of the number of teaching hours per week. 

Furthermore,  teachers  in  many  European  countries  (except  Germany,  Cyprus,  Latvia,  Lithuania, 
Malta, Romania, Sweden, the United Kingdom (Scotland), Liechtenstein, Montenegro and the former 
Yugoslav  Republic  of  Macedonia)  receive  additional  payments  for working  overtime,  i.e.  working 
time which exceeds the number of working hours specified in the contract of employment or conditions 
of  service.  In  many  cases,  the  hourly  overtime  rate  is  defined  by  top-level  authorities  as  a  specific 
percentage of the basic salary per hour. In Greece and Turkey, a specific fixed amount is determined 
by  the  top-level  authorities.  In  the  United  Kingdom  (England  and  Wales),  the  payment  of  overtime, 
decided at school level, is made only in very specific circumstances in relation to participation in CPD 
or learning activities outside the school day. 

Teachers' salaries in private grant-aided schools are generally subject to the 
same rules as public schools but private independent schools often set their 
own salaries 

Private grant-aided (or private government-dependent) schools (8) receive the majority of their funding 
from public authorities. The salary arrangements for teachers and school heads in these schools are 
usually based on the same calculation methods and basic statutory salary references as in the public 
sector.  This  is  the  case  in  Belgium,  Denmark  (at  upper  secondary  level),  Estonia,  France,  Latvia, 
Lithuania,  the  Netherlands  (where  these  public  authorities  are  the  social  partners)  and  Austria. 
However, in Sweden, teachers' individual salaries are set by the school heads following negotiations 
at local level, which usually comply with the agreement at national level between the teachers' trade 
unions and the association of municipalities. 

(8)  For the definition of private grant-aided schools, see Part III: Definitions. 

25 

                                                 
T e a c h e r s '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a r i e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u r o p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

Private  independent  schools (9)  often  determine  their  own  basic  salaries,  considering  as  a  starting 
point  relevant  national  labour  legislation/codes  of  practice.  This  is  the  case  in  the  Czech  Republic, 
Lithuania,  Poland  and  Liechtenstein  among  others.  In  Portugal,  private  independent  schools 
determine their teachers' salaries according to a pay scale which is different from that used in public 
schools,  but  statutory  salaries  in  public  schools  are  used  as  non-binding  guidelines.  In  Spain,  trade 
unions and private sector negotiate a National Collective Agreement, which establishes the minimum 
salaries for teachers in private schools. In other countries, the minimum amount of salaries in private 
independent  schools  is  regulated.  Although  teachers'  salaries  in  Czech  private  schools  are 
contractual,  their  minimum  level  is  set  by  the  Government.  In  Hungary,  the  Labour  Code  is  applied 
when calculating teachers’ basic statutory salaries in the private sector; nevertheless, according to the 
Public Education Act, teachers’ basic statutory salaries in private grant-aided schools cannot be lower 
than in public schools. Similar rules apply in Turkey where the basic net salary paid to a teacher in a 
private independent school cannot be less than the basic salary of a teacher working in an equivalent 
public school.  

Private  independent  schools  may  adopt  different  salary  policies,  and  teachers’  salaries  may  vary 
significantly. In Belgium (French and Flemish Communities), Bulgaria, France, Cyprus, Luxembourg, 
Poland,  Romania,  the  United  Kingdom,  the  former  Yugoslav  Republic  of  Macedonia  and  Serbia, 
private  independent  schools  have  complete  freedom  to  determine  their  basic  salaries.  In  Croatia, 
Austria  and  Bosnia  and  Herzegovina,  teachers'  basic  salaries  are  determined,  in  general,  by  the 
owner  of  the  school.  In  Denmark,  teachers  at  private  independent  primary  and  lower  secondary 
schools  have  to  negotiate  their  salaries  individually,  but  can  obtain  help  from  the  Danish  union  of 
teachers.  

Finally, in Greece, Malta, Slovenia (only schools receiving public funding), Slovakia, Montenegro and 
Iceland,  teachers’  basic  statutory  salaries  are  determined  using  the  same  methods  for  all  public, 
private grant-aided and private independent schools. 

(9)  For the definition of private independent schools, see Part III: Definitions. 

26 

                                                 
P ART II: NATIONAL DAT A SHEETS 

Belgium (French Community)  

Belgium (German-speaking Community)  

Belgium (Flemish Community)  

Bulgaria 

Czech Republic  

Denmark 

Germany/Länder  

Estonia  

Ireland  

Greece  

Spain  

France  

Croatia 

Italy  

Cyprus  

Latvia 

Lithuania  

Luxembourg  

Hungary  

Malta 

The Netherlands  

Austria  

Poland  

Portugal  

Romania  

Slovenia  

Slovakia  

Finland 

Sweden  

United Kingdom (England and Wales) 

United Kingdom (Northern Ireland) 

United Kingdom (Scotland)  

Bosnia and Herzegovina 

Iceland 

Liechtenstein  

Montenegro  

Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia  

Norway  

Serbia 

Turkey  

27 

28 

30 

32 

34 

36 

38 

40 

42 

44 

46 

48 

50 

52 

54 

56 

58 

62 

64 

66 

68 

70 

72 

74 

76 

78 

80 

82 

84 

86 

88 

92 

94 

96 

98 

100 

102 

104 

106 

108 

110 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

BELGIUM (FRENCH COMMUNITY)  

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

The community level is referred to as the central level. 

  Teachers’ basic statutory salaries are defined for public and 
private  grant-aided  schools  using  the  same  methods. 
Private independent schools determine their basic statutory 
salaries themselves. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified 
teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Minimum  Maximum 

Average 
actual salary 

Pre-primary  

Primary  

Lower secondary  

Upper secondary  

EUR 

30 121 

30 121 

30 121 

37 477 

EUR 

51 903 

51 903 

51 903 

65 674 

EUR 

42 061 

41 748 

41 202 

51 542 

The average number of years that a reference teacher must 
complete  to  obtain  the  maximum  basic  statutory  salary  is: 
27 years  for  pre-primary,  primary  and  lower  secondary 
education and 25 years for upper secondary education. 

Data  on  gross  annual  statutory  salaries  are  from  the 
Ministry  of  the  French  Community.  The  amounts  for 
2014/15  are  the  minimum  and  maximum  basic  statutory 
salaries  from  1 January  2014  on.  Note:  The  amounts  are 
slightly lower (around 200 euros) than previous years only 
because  the  statutory  salaries  of  previous  years  were 
slightly  overestimated:  no  employer's  contribution  was 
deduced  from  the  holiday  allowance  (13.07 %)  of  the 
teachers. 

Salary  
increase/decrease 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

2014/15: 

No change.  

Decision making levels  

Central 

  Further formal qualifications 

Bachelor  degree is required for pre-primary, primary and lower secondary school teachers. If these 
school  teachers  complete  in  addition  a  specific  master  degree,  they  will  receive  a  salary  that  is 
defined for upper secondary school teachers for whom a master degree is required. 

  Further CPD qualifications 
  Not applicable 
  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 
  Not applicable 
  Additional responsibilities 
  Not applicable 
  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
  Not applicable 
  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
  Not applicable 
  Participation in extracurricular activities 
  Not applicable 
  Overtime 

For teaching in courses in social advancement education 

Central 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

BELGIUM (FRENCH COMMUNITY)  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

The community level is referred to as the central level. 

  School  heads’  basic  statutory 
salaries are defined for public and 
private grant-aided schools using 
the 
same  methods.  Private 
independent  schools  determine 
their  basic  statutory  salaries 
themselves. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  
Maximum 
EUR 
58 807 
60 235 
61 662 
63 089 

Minimum 
EUR 
34 332 
35 760 
37 187 
38 614 

34 332 
35 760 
37 187 
38 614 

38 608 
49 088 

58 807 
60 235 
61 662 
63 089 

65 674 
78 365 

Average  
actual salary 
EUR 
No data 
No data 
No data 
No data 

No data 
No data 
No data 
No data 

No data 
No data 

Pre-primary, < 72 pupils 
Pre-primary, 72-140 pupils 
Pre-primary, 141-209 pupils 
Pre-primary, > 209 pupils 
Primary, < 72 pupils 
Primary, 72-140 pupils 
Primary, 141-209 pupils 
Primary, > 209 pupils 
Secondary D1 only 
Secondary D1+D2+D3 or D2+D3 

Data  on  gross  annual  statutory 
salaries  are  from  the  Ministry  of 
the  French  Community.  The 
amounts  for  2014/15  are  the 
minimum  and  maximum  basic 
statutory  salaries  implemented 
by  the  index  of  January  2014. 
Same  note  as  the  one  for  the 
the  holiday 
teachers  about 
allowance,  as  far  as  the  past  is 
concerned. 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Further formal qualifications 
Not applicable 
Further CPD qualifications 
Not applicable 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Not applicable 
Additional responsibilities 
Not applicable 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Not applicable 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
Not applicable 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Not applicable 
Overtime 
Not applicable 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

BELGIUM (GERMAN-SPEAKING COMMUNITY)  

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

The community level is referred to as the central level. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified 
teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum 

Maximum 

actual salary 

EUR 

31 740 

31 740 

31 740 

39 748 

EUR 

50 850 

50 850 

50 850 

64 491 

EUR 

No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

Pre-primary  

Primary  

Lower secondary  

Upper secondary  

Salary  
increase/decrease 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

2014/15: 

  Further formal qualifications 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

  Teachers’  basic  statutory  salaries 
are  defined  for  public  and  private 
grant-aided  schools  using 
the 
same methods. 

The  average  number  of  years 
that  a  reference  teacher  must 
complete to obtain the maximum 
basic statutory salary is: 27 years 
for  pre-primary,  primary  and 
lower  secondary  education  and 
25 years 
for  upper  secondary 
education. 

Data  on  gross  annual  statutory 
salaries  are  from  the  Ministry  of 
the  German-speaking  Communi-
ty and correspond to the indexed 
gross  salary  on  January  2013 
(index = 1.6084). 

Decision making levels  

Central 

Bachelor  degree is required for pre-primary, primary and lower secondary school teachers. If these 
school  teachers  complete  in  addition  a  master  degree,  they  will  receive  a  salary  that  is  defined  for 
upper secondary school teachers for whom master degree is required. 

  Further CPD qualifications 
  Not applicable 
  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 
  Not applicable 
  Additional responsibilities 

Fixed amounts 

Central 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
  Not applicable 
  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
  Not applicable 
  Participation in extracurricular activities 
  Not applicable 
  Overtime 

Central 

 % of the basic salary 

↑ ↓: Reform of teachers' salaries 

In  accordance  to  the  Decree  to 
upgrade  the  teacher  profession  of 
21 April 2008, the starting salary of 
new  arrived  teachers  increased  on 
1 September 2014 
(increase  of 
10 %  in  total:  3 %  in  September 
2009,  6 %  in  September  2013  and 
10 %  in  September  2014).  At  the 
same  time  however  due  to  the 
Reform  of  teachers'  salaries,  on 
16 July 2012, the Parliament of the 
German-speaking  Community  of 
Belgium  has  adopted  a 
'Crisis 
decree' which includes, within other 
measures in the education sector, a 
temporary  reduction  of  salaries. 
They are reduced by a total of 2 % 
(1 %  in  January  2013  and  1 %  in 
January 2014). The reduction shall 
be  taken  back  in  two  stages  in 
January 2018 and January 2019.  

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BELGIUM (GERMAN-SPEAKING COMMUNITY)  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting school heads’ 
basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

The community level is referred to as the central level. 

  Teachers’  basic  statutory  salaries  are  defined  for  public  and 

private grant-aided schools using the same methods. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  
Minimum  Maximum 

Pre-primary 

Primary  

EUR 

39 035 

39 035 

Lower secondary  

47 830 

Upper secondary  

47 830 

EUR 

64 490 

64 490 

77 239 

77 239 

Average  
actual salary 
EUR 

No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

Data on gross annual statutory salaries are from the Ministry of 
the German-speaking Community. School heads of secondary 
education institutions receive an additional bonus depending on 
the number of students in the school: 
- schools with more than 600 pupils: EUR 424.20 x 12 months x 
1.6084 (index) = EUR 8 187.40 per year; 
- schools with less than 600 pupils: EUR 282.74 x 12 months x 
1.6084 (index) = EUR 5 457.11 per year. 
Nursery  school  and  primary  school  constitute  the  so-called 
elementary school (Grundschule). Each elementary school has 
a  school  head.  In  secondary  school,  the  school  head  is 
responsible 
lower  and  upper  secondary  school.  The 
minimum  salary  for  school  heads  in  secondary  school  is  very 
high, as it takes at least 19 years in service to become a school 
head. 

for 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Further formal qualifications 
Not applicable 
Further CPD qualifications 
Not available 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Not applicable 
Additional responsibilities 
Fixed amounts 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Not applicable 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
Not applicable 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Not applicable 
Overtime 
Not applicable 

Central 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

BELGIUM (FLEMISH COMMUNITY)  

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

The Community level (= Flemish Community) is referred to as the central level. 

  Teachers’  basic  statutory  salaries  are  defined  for  public  and 
private  grant-aided  schools  using  the  same  methods.  Private 
independent  schools  determine  their  basic  statutory  salaries 
themselves. Information on the basic or actual statutory salary 
in private independent schools is not available. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified 
teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum  Maximum 

actual salary 

Pre-primary  

Primary  

EUR 

31 054 

31 054 

EUR 

53 642 

53 642 

Lower secondary  

31 054 

53 642 

Upper secondary  

38 743 

67 864 

EUR 

44 445 

45 263 

43 995 

57 127 

The  average  number  of  years  that  a  reference  teacher  must 
complete  to  obtain  the  maximum  basic  statutory  salary  is: 
lower  secondary 
for  pre-primary,  primary  and 
27 years 
education and 25 years for upper secondary education. 

Data on gross annual statutory salaries are calculated for the 
school year 2014/15. The data contain the gross payments as 
regulated  by  decrees  and  resolutions  (and  multiplied  by  the 
index of January 2015).  
Data  on  average  salaries  are  from  the  Database  of  the 
Ministry of Education. Only full-time teachers aged 25 to 64 in 
public  schools  with  a  permanent  appointment  in  school  year 
2014/15  are  taken  into  account  in  the  overall  annual  actual 
gross  salary.  For  secondary  education,  teachers  with  a 
permanent appointment in general education in public schools 
are taken into account.  

Salary  
increase/decrease 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

2014/15: 

↑: Other reasons 

In  2014/15, 
allowance has been increased.  

the  end  of  year 

Decision making levels  

Central 

  Further formal qualifications 
  Different 

fixed  amounts  according 

to  different  qualifications:  min  EUR 43.05  per  month;  

max EUR 129.17 per month 
  Further CPD qualifications 
  Not applicable 
  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 
  Not applicable 
  Additional responsibilities 
  Not applicable 
  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
  Not applicable 
  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
  Not applicable 
  Participation in extracurricular activities 
  Not applicable 
  Overtime 
  Maximum – 140 % of the basic salary 
  Nothing  has been changed in  the  regulation  of getting salary allowances for the teachers since  the 

school year 2010/11. 

Central 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

BELGIUM (FLEMISH COMMUNITY)  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting school heads’ basic 
statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

The Community level (= Flemish Community) is referred to as the central level. 

  School heads’ basic statutory salaries are defined for 
public  and  private  grant-aided  schools  using  the 
same  methods.  Private 
independent  schools 
determine  their  basic  statutory  salaries  themselves. 
Information on the basic or actual statutory salary in 
private independent schools is not available. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  
Minimum  Maximum 

Average 
actual salary 

Pre-primary 

Primary (< 180 pupils/100 pupils 
in Brussels) 

Primary (>= 350 pupils) 

Lower secondary  

Upper secondary  

EUR 

40 638 

EUR 

68 566 

40 638 

63 226 

45 978 

45 978 

53 667 

68 566 

68 566 

82 789 

EUR 

63 485 

63 531 

63 531 

64 715 

77 039 

Data on gross  annual statutory salaries are for the 
school  year  2014/15.  For  pre-primary  and  primary 
schools,  there  are  different  school  heads'  basic 
salaries  for  schools  with  less  than  180  pupils  (less 
than 100 pupils in Brussels), from 180 to 349 pupils 
(from 100 to 349 pupils in Brussels) and equal to or 
more than 350 pupils.  
In  lower  and  upper  secondary  schools,  there  are 
different  scales  depending  on  whether  or  not  the 
school  head  has  teaching  responsibilities.  The 
scales  mentioned  are 
teaching 
responsibility.  There  is  also  a  distinction  between 
in  vocational 
schools  with  specific  profiles 
education,  artistic  education,  etc.  The  data  contain 
the brute payments as regulated by the decrees and 
resolutions  (and  multiplied  by  the  index  of  January 
2015). 

those  without 

Data on average actual salaries are from the Database of the Ministry of Education for salary payments. Ref. year: 2013/14 school year. Only school 
heads aged 25 to 64 in public schools with a fulltime are taken into account in the overall annual actual gross salary. 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Central 

Further formal qualifications 
Different fixed amounts according to different qualifications: min EUR 43.05 per month; max EUR 129.17 per month 
Further CPD qualifications 
Not applicable 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Not applicable 
Additional responsibilities 
Not applicable 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Not applicable 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
Not applicable 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Not applicable 
Overtime 
Not applicable 

School heads that get the qualification from 1 September 2010 on do not get the allowances anymore. If they have got it before 1 September 
2010, the allowance can still be granted. According to the individual situation of the school head, the school head is awarded a salary allowance 
or not.  

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

BULGARIA 

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 
General lower secondary education 

General upper secondary education 

Central Level 

Central Level 

Central Level 

Central Level 

Monthly  basic  statutory  salaries  of  pedagogical  and  non-pedagogical  staff  employed  in  public  and  municipal 
kindergartens and schools are set by Ordinance No 1/2010 of the Ministry of Education and Sciences. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Minimum 

Maximum 

Average actual 
salary 

BGN 

EUR 

BGN 

EUR 

BGN 

Pre-primary  

Primary  

Lower secondary 

6 360 

6 360 

6 360 

3 252 

3 252 

3 252 

9 720 

9 720 

9 720 

EUR 

4 970 

4 970 

4 970 

  Private 

independent 
their 
salaries 

schools  determine 
basic 
themselves. 

statutory 

that  a 

The  average  number  of 
years 
reference 
teacher  must  complete  to 
obtain  the  maximum  basic 
statutory salary is:  
The given annual amount is 
formed of 12 payments. 
Ordinance 
determines  

No 1/2010 

9 720 

3 252 

6 360 

4 970 

Upper secondary 
the minimum basic month statutory salaries of the pedagogical and non-pedagogical staff in the units of the system of the public education. The 
individual  basic  gross  month  statutory  salaries  of  full  time  pedagogical  staff  are  negotiated  to  amounts  not  less  than  the  determined  in  the 
Ordinance. The last amendment of the Ordinance No 1/2010 is dated 26 August 2014. The new amounts are effective from 1 September 2014. 
The Collective labour agreement also sets the amounts. The minimum amount of the basic work salary for junior teacher is 530 lv./month, senior 
teacher – 555 lv./month and chief teacher – 590 lv./month. 
The mechanisms for setting the basic salaries of the pedagogical and non-pedagogical staff except the heads of the kindergartens, schools or 
service  units  are  agreed  by  the  Collective  labour  agreement  and/or  are  included  in  the  exact  Internal  rules  for  the  work  salary  of  the  exact 
kindergarten, school and service unit.  
The showed amounts are the minimum under which a basic salary could not be set and the real minimum salaries received by the teachers are 
usually  higher  than  the  determined  by  the  Ordinance.  The  maximum  amount  depends  on  the  individual  teacher’s  years  of  professional 
experience, level, additional qualifications, i.e. on various personal specificity. 

Salary  
increase/decrease 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

2014/15: 

  Further formal qualifications 

Fixed amounts between BGN 12 and 65 per month. 

↑: Reform of teachers' salaries. 

  Further CPD qualifications 

Fixed amount – BGN 21 per month. 

Decision making levels  

Central/Local/School 

Central/Local/School 

the 

By  increasing  the  minimum  basic 
salary  of  the  teachers  started  a 
realization  of  priority  measures  o-
rientated to increasing the attractive-
teacher  profession. 
ness  of 
Attracting  young  and  high  educated 
people in the educational system will 
have a positive effect on the quality 
of  the  gained  knowledge  and  skills 
of the pupils. In accordance with the 
priorities  of  the  Government  pro-
gramme  2014,  Strategic  framework 
for  European 
in 
education  and  training  and  National 
the 
strategy 
(2014-2020) 
Pedagogical 
aiming 
for 
attracting of young specialists in pre-
primary  and  school  education  and 
keep them in the system.  

to  create  conditions 

for  development  of 

cooperation 

staff 

  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 

Central/Local/School 

According to the given results (received points) by the teachers of their work during the school year 
there is paid additional allowance based on the evaluation according to indicators and criteria, set 
by the Ordinance No 1 and Decision of the Pedagogical Council.  

  Additional responsibilities 

Fixed amount – BGN 25 per month. 

Central/Local/School 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 

Central/Local/School 

The  pedagogical  staff  has  the  right  part  of  the  expenditures  to  be  restored  that  they  give  for 
transport to school and back when they live and work in different settlements. 

  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging 

Central/Local/School 

circumstances 
Between 4-16 % of the min. basic salary for the category of the teacher. 

  Participation in extracurricular activities 

Could be calculated like additional hours and paid as lecturers. 

  Overtime 

Central/Local/School 

Central/Local/School 

Fixed  min.  amounts  per  hour  between  BGN  3.50  and  BGN  5.00  according  to  the  teacher's 
category, educational level and qualification. 
The Collective labour agreement, signed June 2014 between the Minister of Education and Science 
and  the  trade  unions  for  education  defines  the  various  salary  allowances  and  also  their  amounts 
concerning  state  and  municipal  schools.  Where  the  allowances  are  not  defined  in  the  Collective 
agreement  the  schools  themselves  define  the  conditions  and  the  methods  for  definition  of 
allowances considering the annual budgets and the applicable general rules.  

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BULGARIA 

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central/Local Level 

Central/Regional Level 

General lower secondary education 

Central/Regional Level 

General upper secondary education 

Central/Regional Level 

The Minister of Education and Science signs and contracts out the contracts of employment with 
the  head  of  the  state  kindergartens,  schools  and  service  units.  The  head  of  the  Regional 
Inspectorate for Education signs and contracts out the contracts of employment with the head of 
the municipal schools and service units. The mayor of the municipality signs and contracts out the 
contracts of employment with the head of the municipal kindergartens. 

  The  Ordinance  No 1  and  the  Rules  for 
determination  of salaries  of the  heads of 
municipal  and  state  schools  and  service 
units  concern  school  heads  of 
the 
municipal  and  state  schools  and  do  not 
cover  private  independent  schools  and 
their basic statutory salaries. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Minimum 

Maximum 

BGN  EUR  BGN  EUR  BGN 
No Data  No Data  No Data  No Data  No data 

Average  
actual salary 
EUR 
No data 

8 160 

8 160 

8 160 

4 172 

4 172 

4 172 

10 080 

12 240 

13 920 

5 154 

6 258 

7 117 

No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

Pre-Primary 
Primary school 
Lower secondary school 
Upper secondary school 

for  determination  of 

Statutory  salaries  are  defined  by  the 
Rules 
the  work 
salaries of the heads of the municipal and 
state schools and service units 2015. The 
minimum and maximum basic amount of 
salary  depends  on  the  number  of  pupils 
enrolled  in  the  school  and  the  type  of 
school.  The  minimum  starts 
from 
8 160 lv. up to 8 760 lv. depending on the 
type of school and minimum number pu-
pils  (from  1  to  50  pupils).  The  maximum 
starts from 13 440 lv. up to 14 280 lv.  

depending on the type of school and the maximum number of pupils (over 1 400). The scale increases on 100 pupils (except first 2 levels from  
1 to 50 and from 50 to 100 pupils). 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Central/Regional/School 

Central/Regional/School 

Further formal qualifications 
Fixed amount – max BGN 100 per month. 
Further CPD qualifications 
Fixed amount – BGN 21 per month. 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Received points according defined criteria established in the Ordinance. 
Additional responsibilities 
Fixed amount between BGN 50-500 per month. 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
The pedagogical staff has the right part of the expenditures to be restored that they give for transport to school and back when they live and 
work in different settlements. 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging 
circumstances 
Between 4-16 % of the min. basic salary for the category of the teacher. 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Could be calculated like additional hours and paid as lecturers. 
Overtime 
Fixed min amounts per hour between BGN 3.50 and BGN 5.00 according to the teacher's category, educational level and qualification. 

Central/Regional/School 

Central/Regional/School 

Central/Regional/School 

Central/Regional/School 

Central/Local/School 

Central/Regional 

The  Collective  labour  agreement  defines  the  various  salary  allowances  and  also  their  amounts  concerning  state  and  municipal  schools 
heads. The heads of the Regional Inspectorates for Education determine the amount of the salary allowances for the school heads based on 
the  assessment  results  and  the  budget  for  salary  allowances  for  all  the  school  heads  in  the  exact  region.  Those  amounts  which  are  not 
determined in the Ordinance No 1, Rules and in the Collective labour agreement are defined in the Internal rules of each school. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

CZECH REPUBLIC  

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Pre-primary education 
Primary education 
General lower secondary education 
General upper secondary education 

0 

Central level 
Central level 
Central level 
Central level 

TEACHERS 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

  Teachers'  salaries  in  private 
schools 
contractual. 
are 
However,  they  are  regulated 
by  the  Labour  Code  and  the 
minimum  level  of  pay  defined 
by Government is guaranteed. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Minimum 

Maximum 

Average  
actual salary 

Pre-primary  

191 000 

6 887 

CZK 

EUR 

CZK 

285 500 

EUR 

10 294 

CZK 

269 738 

EUR 

9 726 

The  average  number  of  years 
that  a  reference  teacher  must 
complete 
the 
maximum basic statutory salary 
is: 27 years. 

obtain 

to 

8 913 

8 913 

11 314 

247 200 

313 800 

247 200 

Primary  
Lower secondary  
11 314 
Upper secondary  
[Government regulation on pay terms of employees in public services and administration (Government regulation)]: 6. 12. 2006, 564/2006, Sbírka zákonů 
ČR,  částka  sbírky  184/2006,  příloha  5  (http://portal.gov.cz/app/zakony/?path=/portal/obcan/).  Statutory  salaries  are  based  on  salary  scales  8-11  for 
ISCED 0 and salary scales 11-12 for ISCED 1-3. The change of the salary scales since November 2014 is taken into account.  
Data on average actual salaries are from the National information system of salaries (Ministry of Finance of the Czech Republic). Ref. year: 2014. The 
data concerned are provided within the statistical survey by public schools and school facilities twice a year. 

313 800 

313 800 

314 829 

330 079 

247 200 

315 469 

11 374 

11 314 

11 351 

11 901 

8 913 

Data  on  gross  annual  statutory 
salaries are from Nařízení vlády 
o  platových  poměrech  zamě-
stnanců  ve  veřejných  službách 
a správě (Nařízení vlády) 

Salary increase/ 
decrease 

Salary allowances 
for teachers 

Decision making levels  

2014/15: 

  Further formal qualifications 

↑:  Reform of  teachers'  sa-
laries  and  General  salary 
adjustment  for  all  public 
employees. 

Not applicable 

  Further CPD qualifications 

Not applicable 

Since  1  November  2014, 
salary  tariffs  of  employees 
in services and administra-
tion  including  the  educa-
tion  and  non-education 
staff  at  schools  were  in-
creased  by  3.5 %.  In  this 
way  the  government  fulfils 
one  goals  of 
its  Policy 
Statement. Concerning the 
teachers`  salary  scales 
modification  –  the  salary 
increase 
for 
teachers  with  more  years 
of experience. In 2015, the 
salary  increase  in  educa-
tion will be funded through 
the  development  program-
the  amount  of 
me 
CZK 2 263 million 
(EUR 82.2 million).  

is  higher 

in 

  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 

Central | School 

Individual allowance, up to 50 % (in exceptional cases up to 100 %) of the highest salary steps in the given category 
(usually the individual allowance amounts to 2.8 % of the gross salary). 

  Additional responsibilities 

Central 

1)  Leadership  of  other  employees  set  in  a  percentage  of  the  highest  salary  steps  in  the  given  category:  5-40 % 
according to the level of leadership. 
2) Supervision of pupils who are exposed to a heightened risk of injury due to use of machines, tools and apparatus: 
CZK 400-1 000 monthly. 
3) Allowance for a 'class teacher': CZK 400-1 000 monthly.  
4)  Performance  of  specialized  activities  which  requires  further  qualifications  (coordination  in  the  area  of  ICT, 
developing and co-ordination of School Framework Programmes, prevention of socially pathologic phenomena and 
activities  related  to  the  environmental  education  and  to  the  spatial  orientation  of  visually  disabled  children  and 
pupils): CZK 1 000-2 000 monthly. 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 

Not applicable 

  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 

Central 

1) Teachers working with pupils/students with special educational needs in special schools, classes or groups (i.e. in 
those specially designed for these pupils/students): CZK 600-2 000 monthly.  
2) Teachers working in classes with pupils of different age: CZK 600-2 000 monthly. 

  Participation in extracurricular activities 

Individual allowance. 

  Overtime 

School 

Central  

An allowance equal to a double of the hourly average earnings for every hour of direct teaching. 

The  definition  of  a  system  of  additional  salary  components  is  the  responsibility  of  the  central  government.  School 
heads are responsible for duties allocation among teachers and for the individual allowances and bonuses. Teachers 
working with pupils with special educational needs integrated to a mainstream school do not have a legal right to any 
special allowance compared to the teachers of special classes and schools, but the school head can grant them an 
individual allowance. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CZECH REPUBLIC  

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

  School  heads'  basic  statutory 
salaries in private schools are 
contractual  and  are 
the 
responsibility  of 
the  school 
owner. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 
Basic statutory salary  

Pre-primary 
Primary  
Lower secondary  
Upper secondary  

Minimum 

Maximum 

CZK 
191 000 

247 200 

247 200 

247 200 

EUR 
6 887 

8 913 

8 913 

8 913 

CZK 
285 500 

339 200 

339 200 

339 200 

EUR 
10 294 

12 230 

12 230 

12 230 

Average  
actual salary 
CZK 
394 948 

EUR 
14 240 

492 898 

492 898 

537 687 

17 772 

17 772 

19 387 

fully  qualified 

Statutory  salaries  are  based 
teachers' 
on 
salary scales 8-11 for ISCED 0 
and  salary  scales  11-13  for 
ISCED 1-3.  School 
heads 
receive  in  addition  allowance 
for  leadership  (5-60 %  of  a 
teachers'  salary  according  to 
the  level  of  leadership),  which 
is not included in the table. 

Data on average actual salaries are from the National information system of salaries (Ministry of Finance of the Czech Republic). Ref. year: 2014. 
The  data  concerned  are  provided  within  the  statistical  survey  by  public  schools  and  school  facilities  twice  a  year.  There  is  a  change  in  data 
collection  methodology:  due  to  the  implementation  of  classification  CZ-ISCO,  it  is  not  possible  to  divide  salaries  of  school  heads  and  deputy 
directors. 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Central | Regional | Local 

Further formal qualifications 
Not applicable 
Further CPD qualifications 
Not applicable 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Individual  allowance  for  particular  school  heads  set  by  the  founder  of  the  school:  up  to  50 %  (in  exceptional  cases  up  to  100 %)  of  the 
highest salary steps in the given category (usually the individual allowance amounts to 9.0 % of the gross salary). 
Additional responsibilities 
1) Supervision of pupils who are exposed to a heightened risk of injury due to the use of machines, tools and apparatus: CZK 400-1 000 
monthly. 
2) Allowance for a 'class teacher': CZK 400-1 000 monthly. 
3) Performance of specialized activities which requires further qualifications (coordination in the area of ICT, developing and co-ordination of 
School Framework Programmes, prevention of socially pathologic phenomena and activities related to the environmental education and to 
the spatial orientation of visually disabled children and pupils): CZK 1 000-2 000 monthly. 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Not applicable 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
1)  Teachers  working  with  pupils/students  with  special  educational  needs  in  special  schools,  classes  or  groups  (i.e.  in  those  specially 
designed for these pupils/students): CZK 600-2 000 monthly.  
2) Teachers working in classes with pupils of different age: CZK 600-2 000 monthly. 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Individual allowance: 
Overtime 
An allowance equal to the double of the hourly average earnings for every hour of direct teaching. 

Central 

Central  

Central | Regional | Local 

Central 

School heads’ allowances are set by the body that appoints them to the position. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

DENMARK 

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central level 

Central level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

  The teachers’ basic statutory salaries are defined using the 
same  methods  for  public,  private  grant-aided  and  private 
independent upper secondary schools. Teachers at private 
primary  and  lower  secondary  schools  have  to  negotiate 
their  salaries  individually,  but  can  obtain  help  from  the 
Danish  Union  of  Teachers  (Danmarks  Lærerforening)  or 
another trade union if they are members. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Minimum 

Maximum 

Average  
actual salary 

DKK 

EUR 

DKK 

EUR 

DKK 

Pre-primary  

306 570 

41 176 

340 009 

45 668 

368 712 

EUR 

49 523 

Primary  

321 828 

43 226 

381 163 

51 195 

393 216 

52 814 

Lower secondary  

321 828 

43 226 

381 163 

51 195 

393 216 

52 814 

Upper secondary  

328 680 

44 146 

427 200 

57 378 

464 508 

62 389 

that  a 

The  average  number  of 
reference 
years 
teacher  must  complete  to 
obtain  the  maximum  basic 
statutory salary is: 
12 years 
for  pre-primary, 
primary  and  lower  secon-
dary  education  and  7 years 
for  upper  secondary  educa-
tion. Data on gross annual 

statutory  salaries  are  from  the  Danish  Union  of  Teachers  (Danmarks  Lærerforening)  –  http://www.dlf.org/arbejdsliv/loen-og-penge/ansat-i-en-
kommune/  for  ISCED 0,  1,  2.  The  salary  figures  refer  to  'Grundløn'  (basic  salery)  which  most  teachers  are  paid  as.  Data  on  gross  annual 
statutory  salaries  regarding  ISCED 3  is  from  the  National  Union  of  Upper  Secondary  School  Teachers  (Gymnasieskolernes  Lærerforening)  – 
http://www.gl.org/loenogans/loen/Sider/Hvadtjenerengymnasielaerer.aspx  
For upper secondary school, the period of reference is per 1 April 2014. Pension is not included.  

Salary increase/ 
decrease 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

2014/15: 

  Further formal qualifications 

According to the local agreements. 

↑:  General  salary  adjust-
ment  for  all  public  em-
ployees. 

  Further CPD qualifications 

According to the local agreements. 

  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 

According to the local agreements. 

  Additional responsibilities 

Decision making levels  

School 

School 

School 

Central | School 

Based  on 
the  general 
agreement  concluded  in 
2014.  
However,  decrease 
in 
last  year's 
to 
relation 
numbers for this report is 
due 
that 
the 
pension is not included in 
this year's report. 

fact 

to 

ISCED 0, 1 and 2 as replacement for the school head the teacher receives a yearly allowance of DKK 17 060. 
ISCED 3 by local agreement. 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 

Central  

Denmark is divided into five geographical areas. Each municipality has been assigned to an area depending 
on either the size of the main town or whether it is close to a bigger city. 

  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 

Central  

ISCED 0, 1 and 2: between DKK 15.00 and DKK 41.50 per hour.  
Teachers  at  independent  schools  (ISCED 0,  1  and  2)  for  pupils  with  special  needs  receive  between 
DKK 18.92 and 24.46 per hour plus a yearly allowance of DKK 20 605.  

  Participation in extracurricular activities 

According to the local agreements. 

  Overtime 

According to the local agreements. 

School 

School 

ISCED 0, 1 and 2: There is a supplement for pre-primary, primary and lower secondary teachers when they 
teach more than 300 hours a year. From 1 October 2014, the teacher receives DKK 35.03 per extra hour after 
the 300 hours. The supplement increases after 750 hours. Supplement for working inconvenient hours.  

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DENMARK 

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

  The school heads’ basic statutory salaries are 
defined  using  the  same  methods  for  public, 
private  grant-aided  and  private  independent 
upper  secondary  schools.  Data  are  not 
available  for  school  heads’  basic  salaries  in 
private independent pre-primary,  primary and 
lower secondary schools. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Minimum 

Maximum 

DKK 

EUR 

DKK 

EUR 

Average  
actual salary 
EUR 
DKK 

416 995 

56 008 

501 684 

67 383 

530 040 

71 191 

416 995 

56 008 

501 684 

67 383 

530 040 

71 191 

Pre-primary  

Primary  

Lower secondary  

416 995 

56 008 

501 684 

67 383 

530 040 

71 191 

Upper secondary  
(> 700 full-time students) 

Upper secondary  
(≤ 700 full-time students) 

532 425 

71 512 

532 425 

71 512 

No data 

No data 

605 804 

81 367 

605 804 

81 367 

for 

School  heads  are  gene-
rally  teachers  and  there-
fore the same regulations 
teachers  are 
as 
applied to them. Depend-
ing  on  the  size  of  the 
school, 
school  heads 
receive a reduction of the 
teaching  load  which  can 
be 100 % at big schools. 
However,  they  are  still 
allowed to teach and can 
also  receive  all  allowan-
ces that can be attributed 
to teachers.  

Data  are  from  the  Danish  Union  of  School  Heads  (Skolelederforeningen)  for  ISCED 0,  1,  2  based  on  the  Salary  negotiations  of  2013 
(Forlængelse af overenskomst for ledere m.fl. inden for undervisningsområdet) and an overview of the different salaries on the different salaries 
steps for school leaders 1 April 2015 (step 46 is minimum and step 50 is maximum): Løntabel: Kommunal års-, måneds- og timelønninger per 
1 April 2015. ISCED 3 numbers (1 April 2015) is from the Danish Union of Lawyers and Economists (DJØF), Lønoversigt 1. april 2015 – Løn til 
rektorer  og  ledere  ved  almene  og  private  gymnasier  (Salary  overview  of  principals  and  leaders  at  general  and  private  upper  secondary 
institutions): http://www.djoef.dk/~/media/documents/djoef/a/aktuel%20lønoversigt.ashx  

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Further formal qualifications 
According to the local agreements. 
Further CPD qualifications 
According to the local agreements. 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
According to the local agreements. 
Additional responsibilities 
Central for upper secondary schools only. 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
For pre-primary, primary and lower secondary schools only. 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
Not applicable 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Not applicable 
Overtime 
Not applicable 

Local  

Local  

Local  

Central | Local 

Central 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e r s '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a r i e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u r o p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

GERMANY/LÄNDER  

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

is 

for 

  Teachers at privately-maintained schools: A contract 
required,  covering  duties, 
of  employment 
conditions 
resignation  or  dismissal,  holiday 
entitlement,  sufficient  emoluments  and  a  right  to 
future  pension  payments.  In  this  way,  it  should  be 
ensured that teachers at privately-maintained schools 
are not in a significantly worse position than teachers 
at  public-sector  schools  in  terms  of  economic  and 
legal security. 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central level 

Central level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

The individual Länder are responsible for the definition of the basic statutory salaries.

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified 
teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum 

Maximum 

actual salary 

EUR 

EUR 

Pre-primary  

No data 

No data 

Primary  

Lower secondary  

Upper secondary  

43 097 

47 731 

50 383 

56 811 

63 013 

70 277 

EUR 

No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

The  average  number  of  years  that  a  reference 
teacher must complete to obtain the maximum basic 
statutory salary is: data not available. 

The statutory salaries represent a weighted average 
of the data available at Länder level for civil servants 
and 
include  general  post  allowances  where 
applicable  and  special  annual  payments.  Ref.  year: 
2013/14. 

Salary  
increase/decrease 

2014/15: 

↑: General salary adjustment for all 
public employees 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

Decision making levels 

Further formal qualifications 
Not applicable 
Further CPD qualifications
Not applicable 
Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results
Not applicable 
Additional responsibilities
Data not available
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Not applicable 
Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
Not applicable 
Participation in extracurricular activities
Not applicable 
Overtime 
Not applicable 

Central (Länder)

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
GERMANY/LÄNDER  

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting school heads’ basic 
statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central level 

Central level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

  Generally,  school heads'  salaries depend  on  the  type of 
school  and  the  number  of  pupils.  This  applies  to  public 
schools.  For  school  heads  at  privately-maintained 
schools,  a  contract  of  employment  is  required,  covering 
duties,  conditions  for  resignation  or  dismissal,  holiday 
entitlement,  sufficient  emoluments  and  a  right  to  future 
pension payments. In this way, it should be ensured that 
teachers  at  privately-maintained  schools  are  not  in  a 
significantly worse position than teachers at public-sector 
schools in terms of economic and legal security. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum 

Maximum 

actual salary 

EUR 

EUR 

EUR 

Pre-primary 

No data 

No data 

No data 

Primary  

No data 

No data 

Lower secondary  

No data 

Upper secondary  

No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels 

Further formal qualifications 
Not applicable 
Further CPD qualifications 
Not applicable 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal
Not applicable 
Additional responsibilities 
Not applicable 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area)
Not applicable 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
Not applicable 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Not applicable 
Overtime 
Not applicable 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

ESTONIA  

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

  Private 

independent 
determine their salaries themselves. 

schools 

Pre-primary education 

Local level/municipality 

Primary education 

Central level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

The  Government,  local  authorities  and  authorised  representatives  of  registered  teachers'  unions  agree 
upon the minimum salary rate of municipal teachers according to occupational grades. If no agreement is 
reached, the Government will determine the minimum salary rate. Government determines also minimum 
salary rate of state school teachers. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified 
teachers in public schools 

Pre-primary  

Primary  

Lower secondary  

Upper secondary  

Salary  
increase/decrease 

2014/15: 

↑: Reform of teachers' 
salaries 

Increase  of  minimum  salary 
starting from 2013. 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum 

Maximum 

actual salary 

EUR 

EUR 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

10 400 

10 400 

10 400 

10 756 

10 756 

10 756 

EUR 

8 265 

12 344 

12 344 

12 344 

The average number of years that a 
reference  teacher  must  complete  to 
obtain  the  maximum  basic  statutory 
salary is: 7-8 years. 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

Decision making levels  

  Further formal qualifications 
  Not applicable 
  Further CPD qualifications 
  Not applicable 
  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 
  According to the local agreements. 
  Additional responsibilities 

10 % of the basic salary and according to the local agreements. 

School  

Central | School 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
  Beginners' allowance for teachers who start working in rural areas: EUR 12 782.32 (EEK 200 000) during -

Central 

year period. 

  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 

Central 

10-20 % of the basic salary. 

  Participation in extracurricular activities 
  According to the local agreements. 
  Overtime 

Time off equal to overtime or 150 % of normal wage, regulated by the Employment Contracts Act. 

School  

Central  

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ESTONIA  

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Local level/municipality 

  No data 

Primary education 

Local level/municipality 

General lower secondary education 

Local level/municipality 

General upper secondary education 

Local level/municipality 

An employment contract with the head of a municipal school will be concluded by the rural municipality or city 
mayor or an official authorised by the mayor.  

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  
Maximum 
EUR 

Minimum 
EUR 

Average  
actual salary 
EUR 

No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

12 202 

15 665 

15 665 

15 665 

Pre-primary 

Primary  

Lower secondary  

Upper secondary  

The  amounts  of  school  heads' 
salaries  have  not  been  set  at 
national level.  

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Further formal qualifications 
Data not available 
Further CPD qualifications 
Data not available 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Data not available 
Additional responsibilities 
Data not available 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Data not available 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
Data not available 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Data not available 
Overtime 
Data not available 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

IRELAND  

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central level 

Central level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

TEACHERS 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

  No data 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum 

Maximum 

actual salary 

EUR 

EUR 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

27 814 

27 814 

27 814 

59 359 

59 359 

59 359 

EUR 

No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

Pre-primary  

Primary  

Lower secondary  

Upper secondary  

The  average  number  of  years 
that  a  reference  teacher  must 
complete to  obtain the maximum 
basic statutory salary is: 22 years 
for secondary level  teachers  and 
23  years  for  primary  teachers 
to  1  January 
appointed  prior 
teachers 
2011,  26  years 
appointed 
from 
1 January  2011 
to  1 February 
2012.  It  is  currently  24  years  for 
teachers  appointed  on  or  after 
1 February 2012. 

for 
the  period 

in 

Data  on  gross  annual  statutory  salaries  are  from  Department  Circulars.  The  relevant  Circulars  currently  are  4/2010,  5/2014  and  53/2014 
(www.education.gov.ie).  There  are  three  different  pay  scales  in  existence  depending  on  the  time  of  first  appointment  to  teaching.  Teachers 
appointed prior to 1 January 2011 are on the scale EUR 30 904 to EUR 59 359. Teachers appointed in the period 1 January 2011 to 1 February 
2012 are on the scales quoted in the table. Teachers appointed on or after 1 February 2012 are on the scale EUR 30 702 to EUR 59 940. 

Salary  
increase/decrease 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

2014/15: 

No change:  

The  salary  scales  of  teachers 
appointed  after  1 January  2011 
were  increased  as  part  of  na-
during 
agreements 
tional 
2013/14.  This  was  partial  com-
salary 
for 
pensation 
reductions 
the  case  of 
in 
teachers  appointed  between 
1 January  2011 and  31 January 
the  withdrawal  of 
2012  and 
for 
qualification 
those 
from 
1 February 2012.  

allowances 

appointed 

the 

Decision making levels  

Central 

  Further formal qualifications 

For  teachers  appointed  prior  to  5  December  2011,  qualification  allowances  varied  from  EUR 1 842  to 
EUR 6 140. Allowances were capped at EUR 4 416 in the period from 5 December 2011 to 1 February 
2012.  No  qualification  allowances  are  payable  to  teachers  appointed  for  the  first  time  on  or  after 
1 February 2012.  

  Further CPD qualifications 
  Not applicable 
  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 
  Not applicable 
  Additional responsibilities 
  Could be one of: Deputy Principal post scale point: EUR 3 769 to EUR 18 966 (ISCED 1)/EUR 27 217 

Central 

(ISCED 2/3); Assistant Principal post EUR 8 520; Special duties post EUR 3 769. 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 

Central 

Island allowance of 1 842 is payable annually to teachers teaching in island schools who were appointed 
prior  to  1 February  2012.  Gaeltacht  (Irish-speaking  areas)  allowance  of  3 063  payable  to  teachers 
teaching in gaeltacht schools appointed prior to 1 February 2012. 

  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 

Central 

Annual allowance of 2 437 is payable.  
  Participation in extracurricular activities 
  Not applicable 
  Overtime 
  Not applicable 

  Qualification,  geographical  allowances  and  allowances  for  teaching  in  Irish  have  been  withdrawn  for 

teachers appointed for the first time from 1 February 2012. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IRELAND  

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Schools heads are paid Principals’ Allowance and this allowance is based on the size of the school. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum  Maximum 

actual salary 

EUR 

EUR 

Pre-primary level (only ISCED 0)  Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Primary level 

Lower secondary level 

Upper secondary level 

37 124 

37 124 

37 124 

89 135 

101 828 

101 828 

EUR 

No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

  No data 

Data  on  gross  annual  statutory  salaries 
are 
from  Department  Circulars.  The 
relevant  circulars  are  4/2010,  5/2014 
(www.education.gov.ie). 
and  53/2014 
For all school heads, basic gross annual 
statutory salary is the same as that of a 
teacher  and  grows  according  to  the 
incremental  scale  (called  the  Common 
Basic  Scale),  with  the  same  entitlement 
to  allowances.  School  size  determines 
separate additional remuneration. 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Further formal qualifications 
For teachers appointed prior to 5 December 2011 varied from EUR 1 842 to EUR 6 140. The maximum allowance payable to teachers 
appointed between 1 January 2011 and 31 January 2012 is currently capped at EUR 4 918. No qualification allowances payable to 
teachers appointed for the first time on or after 1 February 2012.  
Further CPD qualifications 
Not applicable 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Not applicable 
Additional responsibilities 
Not applicable 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 

Central 

Central 

Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
Not applicable 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Not applicable 
Overtime 
Not applicable 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

GREECE  

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central level 

Central level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

  Teachers’ basic statutory salaries are defined following 
the  same  methods  for  public,  private  grant-aided  and 
private independent schools. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified 
teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum  Maximum 

actual salary 

Pre-primary  

Primary  

Lower secondary  

Upper secondary  

EUR 

13 104 

13 104 

13 104 

13 104 

EUR 

24 756 

24 756 

24 756 

24 756 

EUR 

16 377 

18 276 

The average number of years that a reference teacher 
must  complete  to  obtain  the  maximum  basic  statutory 
salary is: 33 years. 

teachers 

Data on gross annual statutory salaries are calculated 
on  the  basis  of  the  provisions  of  Law  4 024/2011, 
regarding the categories of teachers having completed 
university  education  (the  majority  of 
in 
Greece) and they refer to the initial and ending salary 
after 35 years of employment. 
13 104 = 1 092*12  (1 092 = 780*1.4.  780  is  the  intro-
ductory basic salary for grade F compulsory education 
personnel.  1.4  is  the  multiplier  for  higher  education 
personnel.)  24 756 = 2 063*12 
(2 063 = 1 381*multi-
plier 
for  grade  B,  4th  salary  climax  personnel. 
1 381=1 092*multiplier for grade D personnel). 

Salary  
increase/decrease 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

2014/15: 

  Further formal qualifications 

Decision making levels  

Central 

No change: Salaries frozen. 

There is no fixed amount and the Law 4024/2011 does not provide for a specific allowance regarding 
further formal qualifications. However, a Master's degree gives a two year of service precedence over 
other  teachers,  while  a  PhD  a  six  year  precedence.  Years  of  service  result  to  upgrading  from  one 
grade to the other or upscaling within the grade. This results to an increase in salary. Holders of both 
degrees get a seven year precedence. However, the promotion from grade to grade has not yet been 
implemented. 

  Further CPD qualifications 
  Not applicable 
  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 
  Not applicable 
  Additional responsibilities 
  Allowance  for  position  held:  head  of  regional  education  directorate  EUR 10 800  per  year;  school 
advisor  EUR 4 800  per  year;  head  of  directorate  of  primary  or  secondary  education  EUR 6 600  per 
year; deputy school heads EUR 1 800 per year. 

Central 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
  EUR 1 200 per year. This kind of allowance is applicable for problematic and remote areas. 
  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
  Not applicable 
  Participation in extracurricular activities 
  Not applicable 
  Overtime 
  EUR 10 per hour, for up to 20 hours per month. 

Central 

Central 

For the first child there is a  family allowance of EUR 600 per year, 240 for the second, 600 for the 
third, 600 for the fourth and 840 for each additional child.  

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
GREECE  

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central level 

Central level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

  School  heads'  basic  statutory  salaries  are 
defined  following  the  same  methods  for  public, 
private  grant-aided  and  private  independent 
schools. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum 

Maximum 

actual salary 

Pre-primary 

Primary  

Lower secondary  

Upper secondary  

EUR 

17 772 

17 772 

19 572 

20 172 

EUR 

25 956 

28 356 

28 356 

28 956 

EUR 

23 990 

25 950 

Data  on  gross  annual  statutory  salaries  are 
calculated on the basis of the provisions of Law 
4024/2011.  School  heads'  allowances  depend 
on level of education and size of school:  
upper  secondary  level:  EUR 3 600-4 200  per 
year;  
lower  secondary  level:  EUR 3 000-3 600  per 
year;  
primary 
level:  EUR 3 000-3 600  per  year; 
primary education schools with limited teaching 
posts (1-3) receive EUR 1 200 per year. 
pre-primary level: EUR 1 200 per year. 

Teachers who apply for the position of a school head must have at least 8 years of teaching experience. On the scale of wages, at the end of 8 years of 
service, teachers are classified to grade D (the system has six grades). 

For the calculation of the minimum school head salary, the following methodology is used: basic salary after 8 years of service plus minimum allowance for 
position of responsibility, depending on the education level. For example: EUR 17 772 = €/month 1 381*12 months + EUR /month 100*12 months. 

For the calculation of the maximum school head salary, the following methodology is used: basic salary after 35 years of service plus maximum allowance for 
position of responsibility, depending on the education level. For example: EUR 28 956 = €/month 2 063*12 months + EUR/month 350*12 months 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Central 

Further formal qualifications 
There is no fixed amount and the Law 4 024/2011 does not provide for a specific allowance regarding further formal qualifications. However, a 
Master's degree gives a two year of service precedence over other teachers, while a PhD a six year precedence. Years of service result to 
upgrading from one grade to the other or upscaling within the grade. This results to an increase in salary. Holders of both degrees get a seven 
year precedence. However, the promotion from grade to grade has not yet been implemented. 
Further CPD qualifications 
Not applicable 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Not applicable 
Additional responsibilities 
Not applicable 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
EUR 1 200 per year. This kind of allowance is applicable for problematic and remote areas. 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
Not applicable 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Not applicable 
Overtime 
EUR 10 per hour, for up to 20 hours per month. 

Central 

Central 

For the first child there is a family allowance of EUR 600 per year, 240 for the second, 600 for the third, 600 for the fourth and 840 for each 
additional child. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

SPAIN  

Decision making levels for setting teachers’ basic statutory 
salaries in public schools 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central level | Regional level 

Central level | Regional level 

General lower secondary education  Central level | Regional level 

General upper secondary education  Central level | Regional level 

In Spain, decisions regarding teachers' and school heads' salaries are made 
by  the  Central  Government  and  by  the  education  authorities  of  the 
17 Autonomous  Communities  (top/central 
level).  The  national  (central) 
authority establishes the basic salary, the extra pays, the amount for seniority 
and  the  allowance  related  to  the  level  of  the  civil  servant  position  held;  the 
Autonomous  Communities,  by  their  part,  establish  the  allowances  related  to 
the teaching profession, to in-service training and other salary supplements.  

TEACHERS 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

  The economic modules to fund the salaries of teachers in private grant-aided 
schools are established in the General State Budget yearly, and can then be 
increased  by  each  Autonomous  Community.  The  actual  salaries  of  these 
teachers are the result of negotiations between the employers’ organizations 
and  the  teachers  unions  and  appear  in  the  yearly  revised  salary  tables 
based  on  the  VI  Collective  Agreement  of  private  schools  completely  or 
partially subsidized with public funds, of 30 July 2013. The minimum salary 
comprises  basic  salary,  bonus  linked  to  length  of  service,  additional 
allowances (such as geographical location) and extra payments (paid twice 
a  year).  These  teachers  are  directly  paid  by  the  competent  education 
authority on behalf of the schools’ owners. The salaries of teachers in private 
independent schools correspond to the yearly revised salary tables based on 
the  IX  National  Collective  Agreement  for  mainstream  educational  private 
institutions  without  any  public  funding,  signed  on  9  May  2013,  and  public 
education authorities have no role in their establishment. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum 
EUR 

Maximum 
EUR 

actual salary 
EUR 

Pre-primary  

Primary  

Lower secondary  

Lower secondary (Catedráticos) 
Upper secondary  

28 129 

28 129 

31 415 

33 566 
31 415 

39 673 

39 673 

44 250 

46 513 
44 250 

No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

The  average  number  of  years  that  a  reference 
teacher  must  complete  to  obtain  the  maximum 
basic statutory salary is: 39 years. 

Data sources are the Departments of Education of 
the  Autonomous  Communities  and 
the  Sub-
directorate  General  of  Staff  of  the  Ministry  of 
Education,  Culture  and  Sport  for  the  Autonomous 
Cities  of  Ceuta  and  Melilla.  The  national  salaries 
provided are calculated as means of the salaries of 
each Autonomous Community/City weighted by the 
number  of  teachers  in  public  schools  in  each 
Autonomous Community/City.  
The annual salary has been calculated considering 
1/3 of the school year corresponding to 2014 and 
2/3 of the school year corresponding to 2015.  

Upper secondary (Catedráticos) 
The basic gross annual statutory salaries of primary education teachers who are teaching in the first two grades of lower secondary education are EUR 29 614 
and EUR 40 926. 
Vocational education teachers teach at secondary schools and their basic gross annual statutory salaries are between EUR 29 551 and EUR 41 136.  

33 566 

46 513 

Salary increase/ decrease 

Salary allowances for teachers 

Decision making levels  

2014/15: 

↑: Other reasons 

The  2015  General  State  Budget 
did  not  establish  any  salary 
increment  of  civil 
reduction  or 
servants' 
(including 
salaries 
teachers) during 2015. This affects 
the  basic  salary  and  the  length  of 
service  supplement.  The  small 
variations  observed  in  the  2015 
total  amounts  in  relation  to  the 
previous  year  are  due  to  some 
wage 
salary 
supplements,  which  had  been 
reduced  or  removed  in  previous 
years 
some  Autonomous 
Communities. 

increases 

in 

in 

  Further formal qualifications 

  Further CPD qualifications 

Central  

Central  

Central  

Fixed  amounts.  Every  five-six  years,  teachers  who  have  done  at  least  a  minimum  number  of  hours  of 
recognised CPD activities receive a new extra-salary supplement. This supplement is different for the different 
five/six-year periods and may be different according to the educational level.  

  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 

  Additional responsibilities 

Fixed  amounts  (different  for  each  level  of  education  and  by  the  number  of  students  of  the  school).  These 
responsibilities are mainly: headteacher, deputy headteacher, secretary, head of department, but also additional 
responsibilities at school level (e.g. class tutoring, technological innovation, coordination of bilingual programs, 
bilingual teaching, school library, sports leagues, etc.). 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 

Fixed  amounts  (they  may  be  different  for  each  level  of  education).  Geographical  location  refers  to  Canary 
Islands, Balearic Islands, the cities of Ceuta and Melilla, the Spanish schools abroad as well as to some areas 
with a specific dialect. They consist of allowances given to all teachers working in those regions or areas, but 
not of personal allowances.  

  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 

  Participation in extracurricular activities 

  Overtime 

Fixed amounts for teachers working extra time (in the evening) for different activities as: remedial/support 
classes, activities aimed at improving school life, health programs, compulsory training courses outside 
working hours, etc. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
SPAIN  

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central level | Regional level 

Central level | Regional level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level | Regional level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level | Regional level 

The salaries of school heads are partly established by the national authority which establishes the 
basic salary, the extra pays, the amount for seniority and the allowance related to the level of the 
civil servant position held. The Autonomous Communities, by their part, establish the allowances 
related to the teaching profession, to in-service training and other salary supplements, as well as 
the allowance  for  exercising  the  responsibility  as  school head.  Both  levels of  responsibility  are 
considered as top/central level.  

the 

  School  heads'  salaries  in  private  grant-aided  schools 
consist of basic salary, allowance for length of service, 
regional allowances and individual allowance as school 
heads,  which  were  approved  in  the  VI  Collective 
Agreement and are periodically updated. Actual salaries 
are 
the 
employers’  organizations  and  the  teachers  unions.  In 
private independent schools, salaries are established in 
the IX National Collective Agreement of private schools, 
the 
signed 
education  administrations,  being 
tables 
regularly updated. 

in  2011,  without  any  participation  of 

the  negotiations  between 

the  salary 

result  of 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  
Minimum  Maximum  actual salary 

Average  

Pre-primary (type A) 
Pre-primary (type F) 
Primary (type A) 
Primary (type F) 
Lower secondary (type A) 
Lower secondary (type D) 
Upper secondary (type A) 
Upper secondary (type D) 

EUR 
36 421 
30 350 

36 421 
30 350 

41 744 
38 906 

41 744 
38 906 

EUR 
47 965 
41 894 

47 965 
41 894 

56 842 
54 004 

56 842 
54 004 

EUR 
No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

The  type  of  school  is  defined  by  the  number  of 
students  or  units  (groups  of  students)  it  has.  The 
education  administration  of  each  Autonomous 
Community  establishes  the  number  of  students  or 
units characterizing  each school type.  In any case, 
the  schools  'type  A'  are  the  biggest  ones  and, 
therefore, where the school heads receive a higher 
individual  allowance,  which  decreases  as  we 
advance  in  the  classification  till  'type  F'  for  pre-
primary  and  primary  education  and  'type  D'  for 
secondary  education.  The  data  source  of  gross 
annual  statutory  salaries  are  the  Departments  of 
Education of the Autonomous Communities and the 
Sub-directorate  General  of  Staff  of  the  Ministry  of 
Education,  Culture  and  Sport  for  the  Autonomous 
Cities of Ceuta and Melilla.  

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Further formal qualifications 

Further CPD qualifications 
Fixed amounts (they may be different for each level of education). Every five-six years, teachers who have done at least a minimum number of 
hours of recognised CPD activities receive a new extra-salary supplement. This supplement is different for each five/six-year period and may 
be different for the different educational levels.  
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Fixed amounts. School heads are assessed at the end of their term of office. Those who have a positive assessment, have a personal and 
professional  recognition,  and  also  an  economic  recognition  consisting  of  part  of  the  school  heads'  allowance  (depending  on  the  number  of 
years they have been school heads) for the rest of their active life.  
Additional responsibilities 
Not applicable 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Fixed amounts (they may be different  for each level of education). Geographical location refers to the Canary Islands, Balearic Islands, the 
cities of Ceuta and Melilla, the Spanish schools abroad as well as to some areas with a specific dialect. They consist of allowances given to all 
teachers working in those regions or areas, but not of personal allowances.  
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 

Central  

Central  

Central  

Participation in extracurricular activities 

Overtime 

School heads in public schools are teachers who fulfil certain training and experience requirements and pass a selection procedure. Their basic 
salary  and  allowances  are  the  same  as  that  for  the  regular  teachers,  except  for  the  headship  allowance,  and  in  some  cases  some  specific 
allowance, as for example for the service of school meals or itinerance in the case of schools with different sites). 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

FRANCE  

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

  Teachers’ basic statutory salaries are defined for public 
and  private  grant-aided  schools  using 
the  same 
methods.  Private  independent  schools  determine  their 
basic statutory salaries themselves. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified 
teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum  Maximum 

actual salary 

Pre-primary 

Primary  

EUR 

24 595 

EUR 

44 254 

24 595 

44 254 

Lower secondary  

26 927 

46 739 

Upper secondary 
(Lycées) 

Upper secondary  
(Lycées professionnels) 

27 316 

47 167 

27 333 

47 185 

EUR 

32 744 

32 310 

37 983 

41 785 

The average number of years that a reference teacher 
must  complete  to  obtain  the  maximum  basic  statutory 
salary  can  be  estimated  at  25  years  for  the  major 
qualification at ISCED 0 and 1 ('professeur des écoles') 
and  29  years  for  the  major  qualification  at  ISCED 2 
and 3 ('professeur certifié').  

At  primary  level,  minimum  and  maximum  statutory 
salaries refer to the statutory wage of a 'professeur des 
écoles'  and  include  accommodation  allowance  and 
bonus  for  tutoring  (called  'ISAE').  At  secondary  level, 
minimum  and  maximum  statutory  salaries  refer  to  the 
statutory  wage  of  a  'professeur  certifié'  and  include 
bonus  for  tutoring  (called  'ISOE'),  bonus  for  extra 
teaching time and accommodation allowances. 
The 2013-2014's data have been revised: they include 
the  ISAE  (new  bonus  since  1  September  of  2013)  for 
the  pre-primary  ant  primary  and  a 
residence 
allowance's rate revised for all. 
Sources: decrees, administrative data. 

Salary  
increase/decrease 

2014/15: 

↓: No significant changes. 

The  index  point  is  stable  since 
1 September 2010; no improve-
ment  in  the  different  indemni-
ties, neither for the teachers nor 
the  school  heads  since  1  July 
2010.  The  rates  of  supplemen-
tary  hours  are  stable  and  their 
volume increase quite little. The 
residence  allowance's  rate  has 
been revised: until last year, the 
reference  was  the  highest  rate 
(3 %  –  Paris); 
this  year  an 
average  rate  has  been  calcu-
lated  (from  SIASP's  data)  on 
'professeurs  des  écoles'  and 
'certifiés' 
to  obtain  a  more 
precise figure (0.8 %). 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

Decision making levels  

  Further formal qualifications 
  Not applicable 
  Further CPD qualifications 
  Not applicable 
  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 
  Not applicable 
  Additional responsibilities 
  Director of primary schools (which are teachers and paid as teachers) benefit from bonuses according to 
the size of the school, for instance around EUR 4 000 a year for a school between 5 and 9 classrooms.  

Central 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 

Central 

1) Geographical location: 1 % of the basic statutory salary in province, 3 % of the basic statutory salary in 
Ile de France.  
2) Working in Areas for priority education (REP): EUR 1 156 as of 1 July 2010. 

  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 

Central 

Fixed amount: EUR 929.  

  Participation in extracurricular activities 

Paid as overtime hours: more precisely, these activities lead to compensation of teaching hours. 

  Overtime 

Paid as overtime hours. 

Local 

Central 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FRANCE 

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

  School  heads’  basic  statutory  salaries  are 
defined  using  the  same  methods  for  public 
and  private  government-granted  schools.  In 
pre-primary  and  primary  schools,  school 
heads remain under their teacher status, with 
extra bonuses. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum  Maximum 

actual salary 

Pre-primary 

Primary  

Lower secondary  

Upper secondary  
(Lycées) 

Upper secondary  
(Lycées professionnels) 

EUR 

31 061 

EUR 

49 135 

31 061 

49 135 

37 363 

64 092 

40 998 

68 919 

37 363 

64 092 

EUR 

No data 

No data 

57 618 

57 618 

classes), 

between  EUR 2 103 

in  secondary  schools 

School  heads'  statutory  salaries 
in  pre-
primary  and  primary  schools  are  based  on 
teachers' salaries plus allowances which vary 
according  to  the  size  of  the  school  (number 
of 
to 
EUR 4 549  per  year,  the  average  being 
around EUR 3 400 per year. Data for school 
heads 
into 
account  the  basic  salary,  the  compensation 
for living in high cost cities, and two specific 
allowances  for  the  school  heads  function, 
called 
responsabilité  des 
personnels de direction' and 'indemnités pour 
sujetions  spéciales  des  personnels  de 
direction'.  
Sources: decrees and administrative data.  

'indemnité  de 

take 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Further formal qualifications 
Not applicable 
Further CPD qualifications 
Not applicable 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Not applicable 
Additional responsibilities 
Fixed amounts. 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
% of the gross statutory salary. 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
Fixed amounts. 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Not applicable 
Overtime 
Not applicable 

Central 

Central 

Central 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

CROATIA 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Pre-primary education 

Local level/municipality 

Primary education 

Central level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

For primary and lower secondary schools, teacher transport costs – which make a part of teachers' and other school 
staff members monthly salary – are covered from the central budget whereas for upper secondary schools these 
costs are covered from the regional budget. 
In addition to regular funds that central government provides for teacher's salaries at primary and secondary levels, 
municipalities/cities or counties may provide additional funds to schools in order to employ teaching staff who will 
support students with disabilities. The amount of these additional funds is however highly dependent on the general 
availability of public funds on local/regional level on local/regional governments' political priorities. 
For primary and lower secondary schools, cities/municipalities may furthermore provide some funds to schools in 
order to employ staff dedicated to afternoon daycare. 

TEACHERS 

Salaries in the 
private sector 

  For  public  schools,  all 
teacher 
elements  of 
salaries  are determined 
by  the  collective  agree-
ments  between  the  go-
vernment  and  school 
trade  unions.  In  priva-
tely  owned  schools, 
teachers'  basic  statu-
tory 
are 
salaries 
determined 
autono-
mously  by  the  school 
owner. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  
Maximum 

Minimum 
HRK  EUR  HRK  EUR 

Average  
actual salary 

HRK  EUR 

Pre-primary  

No data  No data  No data  No data  Pre-primary level (ISCED0) 

85 752 

11 198 

Primary  

68 908 

8 998 

101 857 

13 301  Primary level 

82 296 

10 746 

Lower secondary  

68 908 

8 998 

116 263 

15 182  Lower secondary level 

82 296 

10 746 

Upper secondary  

68 908 

8 998 

116 263 

15 182  Upper secondary level 

88 944 

11 615 

The  average  number  of 
years  that  a  reference 
teacher  must  complete 
to  obtain  the  maximum 
basic statutory salary is: 
35 years. 
Data  on  gross  statutory 
salaries  are  calculated 
based  on 
the  coeffi-
cients from government-
al  document  regulating 
salaries of teachers and 

headmasters  (as  well  as  all  the  other  public  sector  employees),  available  at  http://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2014_03_40_692.html). 
According  to  the  Law  on  Salaries  in  Public  Sector  (available  at  http://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2001_03_27_472.html),  the  basic 
statutory salary (S) in public sector in Croatia is calculated as the product of the national baseline salary amount (B), job complexity factor (C) and 
length-of-service increment (L) which is initially equal to one and increases by 0.005 for each year of service (Y): S = B * C * (1 + 0.005 * Y). 

Salary increase/decrease 

Salary allowances for teachers 

2014/15: 
↑: Reform of teachers' salaries. 
Croatian  government  did 
introduce 
some  changes  in  teacher  salaries  in 
previous  school  year  (2013/14).  These 
changes  were  introduced  starting  with 
April  2014  (respective  legislation  was 
passed  in March  2014),  and  hence  the 
total  annual  salaries  for  teachers  went 
up  in  that  school  year  compared  with 
the  school  year  2012/13.  However,  as 
changes  were  introduced  roughly  half-
way  into  the  school  year,  the  full  effect 
on  annual  salary  of  teachers  was  not 
immediately  visible  in  the  data  for  the 
last year. Therefore, out of 12 months of 
teachers 
the  school  year  2013/14, 
received  'old'  lower  salaries  between 
September  2013  and  March  2014,  and 
'new' increased salaries from April 2014 
onwards.  On  the  other  hand,  in  the 
present school year (2014/15), teachers 
receive  the  'new'  increased  salaries  in 
all  12  months.  The  net  effect  is  that, 
although  there  was  no  administrative 
increase  in  statutory  salaries  in  this 
school  year  (it  was  introduced  in  the 
previous  school  year),  annual  teacher 
salaries  nevertheless  did  effectively 
increase with respect to the year before. 

Decision making levels  

Central 

  Further formal qualifications 

An  increase  of  8 %  of  the  basic  statutory  salary  for  additional  qualification  at  Master  level  and  an 
increase of 15 % of the basic statutory salary for additional qualification at Doctorate level. 

  Further CPD qualifications 

Central 

Job complexity factor increases through three levels (1. level: novice; 2. level: mentor; 3. level: counsellor). 

  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 

  Not applicable 

  Additional responsibilities 

  Not applicable 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 

Central 

The basic statutory salary is increased by 10 %. 

  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 

Central 

The hourly fee for each class held with pupils with special needs is increased by 7-10 % from the regular 
hourly fee, depending on the structure of the class and the number of pupils with special needs. 

  Participation in extracurricular activities 

  Not applicable 

  Overtime 

Each hour of overtime work is paid as 1.5 regular working hour. 

Central 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CROATIA 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Local level/municipality 

Central level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

In  privately  owned  schools, 
school  heads'  basic  statutory 
salaries 
determined 
are 
autonomously by the owner. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Minimum 

Maximum 

Average  
actual salary 

15 985 

122 416 

138 307 

Primary level 

EUR 
11 198 

HRK 
85 752 

EUR 
No data 

HRK 
No data 

HRK 
No data 

15 985 
17 284 
14 695 

122 416 
132 362 
112 533 

138 307 
149 544 
127 141 

EUR 
No data  Pre-primary level (ISCED0) 
18 060 
19 528 
16 602 

Pre-primary 
Primary (medium-sized) 
Primary (big) 
Primary (small) 
Lower secondary 
(medium-sized) 
Lower secondary (big) 
Lower secondary (small) 
Upper secondary 
(medium-sized) 
Upper secondary (big) 
Upper secondary (small) 
Data  on  gross  statutory  salaries  are  calculated  based  on  the  coefficients  from  legislative  document  regulating  salaries  of  teachers  and 
headmasters (as well as all the other public sector employees), available at  http://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2014_03_40_692.html). 
According  to  the  Law  on  Salaries  in  Public  Sector  (available  at  http://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2001_03_27_472.html),  the  basic 
statutory salary (S) in public sector in Croatia is calculated as the product of the national baseline salary amount (B), job complexity factor (C) and 
length-of-service increment (L) which is initially equal to one and increases by 0.005 for each year of service (Y): S = B * C * (1 + 0.005 * Y). 

19 528  Upper secondary level 
16 602 

Lower secondary level 

149 544 
127 141 

149 544 
127 141 

132 362 
112 533 

132 362 
112 533 

19 528 
16 602 

17 284 
14 695 

17 284 
14 695 

138 307 

122 416 

82 296 

18 060 

82 296 

18 060 

88 944 

10 746 

15 985 

10 746 

11 615 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Central 

Further formal qualifications 
An increase of 8 % of the basic statutory salary for additional qualification at Master level and an increase of 15 % of the basic statutory 
salary for additional qualification at Doctorate level. 
Further CPD qualifications 
Not applicable 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Not applicable 
Additional responsibilities 
Not applicable 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Basic statutory salary increased by 10 %. 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
Not applicable 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Not applicable 
Overtime 
Not applicable 

Central 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

ITALY  

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

General upper secondary education 

0 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified 
teachers in public schools 

TEACHERS 

Salaries in the 
private sector 

  No data 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum  Maximum 

actual salary 

EUR 

23 048 

23 048 

24 846 

24 846 

EUR 

33 885 

33 885 

37 212 

38 902 

23 048 

34 867 

EUR 

28 941 

28 941 

30 394 

32 191 

Pre-primary  

Primary  

Lower secondary  

Upper secondary  
(teachers obtained Laurea/Master's degree) 

Upper secondary  
(teachers completed non-university studies) 

Salary  
increase/decrease 

2014/15: 

No change: salaries frozen. 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

  Further formal qualifications 
  Not applicable 
  Further CPD qualifications 
  Not applicable 
  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 
  Not applicable 
  Additional responsibilities 

The  average  number  of 
years  that  a  reference 
teacher must complete to 
the  maximum 
obtain 
basic  statutory  salary  is: 
35 years. 

Data on statutory salaries 
the  National 
are 
Collective Contract.  

from 

Decision making levels  

School 

It  depends  on  the  number  of  hours  allocated  to  the  activities  involved  within  in-school  contractual 
negotiations. 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 

School 

Schools  participating  in  so-called  'disadvantaged  areas'  projects  autonomously  allocate  the 
specifically assigned funds among all involved teachers. 

  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
  Not applicable 
  Participation in extracurricular activities 

It depends on the number of hours.  

  Overtime 

It depends on the number of hours.  

School 

School 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITALY  

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

  No data 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Minimum 
EUR 
Not applicable 

47 167 

47 167 

47 167 

Maximum 
EUR 
Not applicable 

47 167 

47 167 

47 167 

Average  
actual salary 
EUR 
Not applicable 

62 086 

62 086 

62 086 

Pre-primary 
Primary  
Lower secondary  
Upper secondary  

Data on statutory salaries are from the 
National  Collective  Contract  and  are 
referred only at the fixed part.  

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Further formal qualifications 
Not applicable 
Further CPD qualifications 
Not applicable 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
An evaluation system for school heads is being set up. In the meantime, each region shares among school managers 15/85 % of the yearly 
amount available at regional level to compensate school principals for the complexity of the school community they operate in.  
Additional responsibilities 
Not applicable 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Not applicable 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
Not applicable 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Not applicable 
Overtime 
Not applicable 

Regional 

In addition, there are allowances that depend on the complexity of schools and are defined at regional level. 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

CYPRUS  

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central level 

Central level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

  Teachers'  salaries  in  private  schools  are 

contractual. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified 
teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum  Maximum 

actual salary 

Pre-primary  

Primary  

Lower secondary  

Upper secondary  

Salary  
increase/decrease 

2014/15: 

No change: salary frozen. 

the 

following 

teachers  entering 
appointed 

All  retirement  benefits  (pension, 
redundancy payments, etc.) and all 
the  deductions  referring  to  social 
security  and  pension  contribution 
are calculated on the basis of basic 
gross annual statutory salaries that 
are  frozen.  The  statutory  salaries 
the 
for  new 
profession 
after 
1 January  2012  were  reduced  by 
10 %. In addition, due to economic 
crises, 
gradual 
deductions  have  been  enforced 
with  progressive  rates:  (a)  Special 
Salaries  Deduction.  As 
from 
October  2011  starting  from  2.5 % 
for gross monthly salaries between 
EUR 1 501 and EUR 2 500 rising to 
3.5 % 
than 
for  salaries  higher 
EUR 3 501. 
Emoluments' 
(b) 
Deduction.  As  from  January  2014 
starting  from  3.8 %  for  salaries  up 
to  EUR 1 000,  rising  to  17.5 %  for 
salaries  higher 
than  EUR 4 001. 
Those deductions are not reflected 
in  the  budget  and  are  considered 
temporary. 

EUR 

23 885 

23 885 

23 885 

23 885 

EUR 

58 107 

58 107 

58 107 

58 107 

EUR 

38 709 

39 005 

39 322 

39 322 

The  average  number  of  years 
that  a 
reference  teacher  must  complete  to  obtain 
the  maximum  basic  statutory  salary  is: 
22 years. 

Data on gross annual statutory salaries are 
from the Government Budget. 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

Decision making levels  

  Further formal qualifications 
  Not applicable 
  Further CPD qualifications 
  Not applicable 
  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 
  Not applicable 
  Additional responsibilities 
  Not applicable 
  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
  Not applicable 
  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
  Not applicable 
  Participation in extracurricular activities 
  Not applicable 
  Overtime 
  Not applicable 

(-) 

(-) 

(-) 

(-) 

(-) 

(-) 

(-) 

(-) 

The  above  mentioned  allowance  has  been  terminated  as  from  January  2013  due  to  budgetary 
restrictions. 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
CYPRUS  

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central level 

Central level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

  School heads’ salaries in private schools 

are contractual.  

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum 

Maximum 

actual salary 

Pre-primary 

Primary  

Lower secondary  

Upper secondary  

EUR 

48 724 

48 724 

57 694 

57 694 

EUR 

69 220 

69 220 

71 359 

71 359 

EUR 

No data 

59 595 

70 055 

70 055 

Data  on  gross  annual  statutory  salaries 
are  from  the  Government  Budget.  Pre-
primary and primary school heads’ basic 
salaries  are  based  on  salary  scale  A12 
and annual increments up to the amount 
of  EUR 48 176.  Secondary 
school 
heads’  basic  salaries  are  based  on 
salary scale A13. 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Further formal qualifications 
Not applicable 
Further CPD qualifications 
Not applicable 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Not applicable 
Additional responsibilities 
Not applicable 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Not applicable 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
Not applicable 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Not applicable 
Overtime 
Not applicable 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

LATVIA 

 TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central level 

Central level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

Central level sets the lowest salary rate and school  heads  are  responsible for the definition of 
teachers’  salaries  taking  into  account  monthly  salary  rate  and  workload.  This  must  be 
coordinated  with  the  founder  of  the  education  institution  (municipality  or  the  Ministry  of 
Education, or the Ministry of Culture). According to the regulation in force (Regulation No 836, 
28 July  2009;  http://www.likumi.lv/doc.php?id=195 578),  the  local  governments  decide  on 
salaries  for  teachers,  not  lower  than  it  is  stated  in  the  Regulation.  Minimum  salary  rate  for 
teachers who work with pre-primary education programmes for 5 and 6 year old children is set at 
central level as for all other teachers in the Latvian education system and salaries for teachers 
who realise educational programme for 5 and 6 years old children are financed by the Central 
budget,  but  for  teachers  who  realise  programme  for  1-5  year  olds  –  by  the  local  government 
budget. 

  Methods for the calculation are the same for 
all  schools  where 
licensed  education 
programmes  are  offered.  In  the  private 
sector,  the  school  board  decides  about 
salaries  taking  into  account  the  Regulation 
of the Cabinet of Ministers No 836, because 
many  of 
the 
exception  of 
International  school) 
receive state earmarked subsidy for salaries 
of teaching staff. 

the  private  schools  (with 

the 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified 
teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Minimum  Maximum 

Average  
actual salary 

EUR 

EUR 

EUR 

Pre-primary  

Primary  

4 860 

4 860 

No Data 

Pre-primary level (ISCED0) 

6 767 

No Data 

Primary level 

9 917 

Lower secondary  

4 860 

No Data 

Lower secondary level 

9 917 

Upper secondary  

4 860 

No Data 

Upper secondary level 

10 921 

The  average  number  of  years 
that  a 
reference  teacher  must  complete  to  obtain 
the maximum basic statutory salary is: more 
than  10  years.  But  again,  it's  a  minimum 
statutory salary rate after the 10 years and 
more length of service.  

The  Cabinet  of  Ministers 
(Regulation 
No 836,  28  July  2009)  sets  lowest  salary 
rates per month for teachers with length of 
service less than 5 years (4 860), from 5 to 
10  years  (4 956),  and  more  than  10  years 
(5 040).  In  Latvia,  only  minimum  salary 
rates  are  defined  by  the  Regulation  and 
attributed to length of service.  

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LATVIA 

Salary  
increase/decrease 

2014/15: 

↑: Other reasons 

grant 

national 
for 

the  Government 
In  2013, 
to 
decision  was  made 
budget 
increase 
block 
teacher 
salaries.  In  2014,  the  block 
grant  was  earmarked  in  the 
national budget and additional 
funding from the state budget 
was  made  available 
for 
teachers' salaries.  

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

  Further formal qualifications 
  Not applicable 
  Further CPD qualifications 
  Not applicable 
  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

 TEACHERS 

Decision making levels  

Central | School 

Teachers  who  in  the  framework  of  'Teachers’  Professional  Activity  Quality  Evaluation  System'  have 
obtained 3rd, 4th and 5th quality level are entitled to get an allowance of 8 %, 20 % and 25 % respectively, 
calculated from the minimum salary rate. (Directors of general and vocational schools, their deputies, heads 
of  units  and  methodologists  are  entitled  to  this  allowance  for  their  pedagogical  work  calculated  from  the 
minimums salary rate of teachers.) Additional allowance up to 7 % of teachers’ salary fund of the institution. 

  Additional responsibilities 

School 

1) Additional payment for additional teaching/pedagogic work (except substitution of absent teacher), up to 
40 % of the monthly basic salary or hourly tariff rate. 2) A teaching workload includes also individual work 
with a pupil, marking/correcting of written tests/works,  a class upbringing work: (a) class  upbringing work 
has tariffed as up to six hours per week; (b) correcting/marking of written works in languages, literature and 
mathematic – up to six hours per one work rate in a week, in other subjects – up to one hour in a week per 
work rate; (c) preparation to the lessons – up to two hours in a week per work rate; (d) individual work with 
pupils has tariffed up to two work hours in a week per work rate (for teachers in state gymnasiums – more 
than two hours per work rate in a week). 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
  Not applicable 
  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 

Central 

10-30 % of the monthly basic salary. 

  Participation in extracurricular activities 
  Not applicable 
  Overtime 
  Not applicable 

  There are, in addition, allowances for: 

1) Teachers of state gymnasiums and vocational education competence centres: 10 % of monthly salary. 
2) Divided day for teachers whose workload does not exceed one work rate and who agree to divide working 
day in two parts, if a  break is longer than two hours:  20 % of teacher monthly salary rate or according to 
hourly rate proportionally to number of work hours for working time of divided working day. Salary rate per 
hour is calculated by dividing monthly  salary rate with 84 for 21 hours per week; with 96 for 24 hours per 
week; with 120 for 30 hours per week; with 144.7 for 36 hours per week; with 168.7 for 40 hours per week; 
with 64 for 640 hours per year; with 75.6 for 756 hours per year; with 96 for 960 hours per year. Teacher's 
work load – total amount of tariffed hours per week (year) should not exceed 40 hours working week (except 
substitution of absent colleague). However, this kind of allowance has ceased in practice because there are 
not schools in Latvia anymore with divided working day.  

59 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

LATVIA 

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Central level | Local level/municipality 

Primary education 

Central level | Local level/municipality 

General lower secondary education 

Central level | Local level/municipality 

General upper secondary education 

Central level | Local level/municipality 

For pre-primary education institutions' heads, the lowest salary rate is defined and salaries are financed by 
local authorities. For primary, lower secondary and upper secondary school heads, the lowest salary rate is 
set by central authority while their salaries defined for different size of schools are set by the founders – local 
authority or the ministry.  

  In  the  private  sector,  the  school 
board decides about salaries taking 
into  account  the  Regulation  of  the 
Cabinet of Ministers because many 
of  the  private  schools  (with  the 
International 
the 
exception  of 
school)  receive  state  earmarked 
subsidy  for  salaries  of  teaching 
staff.  

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  
Minimum  Maximum 

Average  
actual salary 

Pre-primary 

Not applicable 

No data 

EUR 

EUR 

Pre-primary 
level (ISCED0) 

EUR 

10 571 

Primary  
(between 251 and 400 pupils) 

Primary  
(between 601 and 800 pupils) 

9 135 

No data 

10 125 

No data 

Primary level 

13 369 

Primary  
(between 1 001 and 1 200 pupils) 

11 201 

No data 

Lower secondary  
(between 251 and 400 pupils) 

Lower secondary  
(between 601 and 800 pupils) 

9 135 

No data 

10 125 

No data 

Lower 
secondary level 

12 603 

Lower secondary  
(between 1 001 and 1 200 pupils) 

11 201 

No data 

Upper secondary  
(between 251 and 400 pupils) 

Upper secondary  
(between 601 and 800 pupils) 

9 135 

No data 

10 125 

No data 

Upper 
secondary level 

15 742 

Upper secondary  
(between 1 001 and 1 200 pupils) 

11 201 

No data 

60 

less 

Since  September  2012,  there  are 
16  minimum  monthly  salary  rate 
categories according to the size of 
the  education  institution,  between 
EUR 700  per  month  for  schools 
with 
than  100  pupils  and 
EUR 1 371  per  month  for  schools 
with  more 
than  2 601  pupils. 
Source:  Regulation  of  the  Cabinet 
of Ministers No 836, 28 July, 2009; 
http://likumi.lv/doc.php?id=195 57. 
In  the  table,  only  three  reference 
values are indicated. 
Data  on  average  actual  salaries 
are  from  the  Ministry  of  Education 
and  Science,  the  State  Education 
Information  System.  Ref.  year: 
2014/15  school  year.  Data  are 
taken on October 2014, taking into 
account 
type  of 
the  respective 
education  institution  and  position. 
Upper  secondary 
includes 
of 
heads' 
school 
gymnasiums,  state  gymnasiums 
and evening schools. 

level 
salaries 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LATVIA 

Salary allowances for school heads 

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels  

Further formal qualifications 
Not applicable 
Further CPD qualifications 
Not applicable 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Teachers who in the framework of 'Teachers’ Professional Activity Quality Evaluation System' have obtained 3rd, 4th and 5th quality level are 
entitled to get an allowance of 8 %, 20 % and 25 % respectively, calculated from the minimum salary rate. Directors of general and vocational 
schools,  their  deputies,  heads  of  units  and  methodologists  are  entitled  to  this  allowance  for  their  pedagogical  work  calculated  from  the 
minimums salary rate of teachers. 
Additional responsibilities 

Central | Local 

Central | Local 

Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Not applicable 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
10-30 % of the monthly basic salary. Amount of additional teaching work together with tariffed head's work rate may not exceed 1.22 of work 
rate.  
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Not applicable 
Overtime 
Not applicable 

61 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

LITHUANIA  

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central level 

Central level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

0 

  Teachers’  basic statutory salaries are  defined 
for  public  and  private  grant-aided  schools 
using the same methods. Private independent 
schools  determine 
their  basic  statutory 
salaries themselves. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified 
teachers in public schools 

The average number of years that a reference 
teacher must complete to obtain the maximum 
basic statutory salary is: 15 years and more. 

Basic statutory salary  

Minimum 

Maximum 

Average  
actual salary 

EUR 

4 664 

3 774 

3 774 

3 774 

EUR 

8 565 

6 954 

6 954 

6 954 

EUR 

No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

Pre-primary  

Primary  

Lower secondary  

Upper secondary  

Institutions 

Data  on  gross  annual  statutory  salaries  are 
from the Procedure of Salary Payment to the 
and 
of  Educational 
Staff 
Educational  Staff  of  Other 
Institutions, 
approved  by  the  Minister  of  Education  and 
Science  (order  No  V-1 245,  19  December 
2013)  and 
Improvement  of 
the 
remuneration  arrangements  of  budgetary 
institutions 
organizations  workers, 
approved by the Government of the Republic 
of Lithuania (resolution No 511, 8 July 1993).  

from 

and 

The specific size of the salary coefficient depends on the teachers' education, experience and his/her qualification category. The salary coefficient is 
determined by the school head in agreement with employee representatives. The minimum and the maximum basic gross annual statutory salaries 
are calculated on the basis of 18 pedagogical hours per week. The tariff-based salaries for teachers may also include 0.5-5 hours (in the event that 
a teacher has 18 class contact hours per week) for these activities: checking of pupils' written work, preparation for lessons or laboratory work, class 
management, practical training and research, work planning, event organization, preparation of projects and participation in these projects and other 
additional activities. From 2015, Lithuania has changed the national currency into euro (EUR). (In 2014, it was Litas (LTL). 

Salary  
increase/decrease 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

2014/15: 

  Further formal qualifications 

Decision making levels  

Central | School 

No change: Salaries frozen 

Teachers who are holders of a scientific degree or a pedagogical (academic) title and who teach in 
the field of their specialisation may be paid monthly premiums equal to 1 basic monthly salary. 

  Further CPD qualifications 
  Not applicable 
  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 

Percentage of the basic salary. 

  Additional responsibilities 

Percentage of the basic salary. 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
  Not applicable 
  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or 

challenging circumstances 
Percentage of the basic salary. 

  Participation in extracurricular activities 

Additional tariff-based hours.  

  Overtime 
  Not applicable 

Schools heads has the right to determine other payments. 

Central | School 

Central | School 

Central | School 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LITHUANIA 

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central level  

Central level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

  School  heads’  basic  statutory  salaries  are 
for  public  and  private  grant-aided 
the  same  methods.  Private 
their  basic 

defined 
schools  using 
independent  schools  determine 
statutory salaries themselves. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Minimum 

Maximum 

Average  
actual salary 

Pre-primary 

Primary  

Lower secondary  

Upper secondary  

EUR 

7 611 

9 434 

9 434 

9 434 

EUR 

17 045 

18 402 

18 402 

18 402 

EUR 

No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

of 

Institutions 

Educational 

Data  on  gross  annual  statutory  salaries  are 
from  the  Procedure  of  Salary  Payment  to  the 
and 
Staff 
Educational  Staff  of  Other 
Institutions, 
approved  by  the  Minister  of  Education  and 
Science  (order  No  V-1 245,  19  December 
2013)  and 
Improvement  of 
the 
remuneration  arrangements  of  budgetary 
institutions 
organizations  workers, 
approved by the Government of the Republic of 
Lithuania (resolution No 511, 8 July 1993). 

from 

and 

The specific size of the salary coefficient depends on the number of pupils in the school and the school heads' managerial qualification category and 
teaching experience. School heads are required to have five contact hours per week. The salary coefficients for school heads include payment for 
preparation for lessons and checking of written work. 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Further formal qualifications 
The founder may establish a premium that is equal to one basic salary, 0.5 – for school heads without managerial qualification category. 
Further CPD qualifications 
Not applicable 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Percentage of the basic salary. 
Additional responsibilities 
Percentage of the basic salary. 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Not applicable 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging 
circumstances 
Percentage of the basic salary. 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Not applicable 
Overtime 
Not applicable 

Central | Municipal 

Central | Municipal 

Central | Municipal 

Central | Municipal 

Schools founder has the right to determine other payments. 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

LUXEMBOURG  

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central level 

Central level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

  Private  grant-aided  and  private 
independent  schools  determine  their 
teachers'  basic  statutory  salaries 
themselves. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified 
teachers in public schools 

Pre-primary  

Primary  

Lower secondary  

Upper secondary  

Salary  
increase/decrease 

2014/15: 

↑: General salary 
adjustment for all public 
employees. 

Increase of 2.2 % according 
to  an  agreement  between 
the 
the  government  and 
the 
representatives 
public employees. 

of 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum 

Maximum 

actual salary 

EUR 

72 000 

72 000 

81 600 

81 600 

EUR 

127 200 

127 200 

141 840 

141 840 

EUR 

No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

The average number of years that a 
reference  teacher  must  complete  to 
obtain  the  maximum  basic  statutory 
salary is: 25 years. 

Data on basic gross annual statutory 
salaries  and data on average actual 
salaries  are  based  on  the  teacher 
remuneration tables of the Ministry of 
Education. Ref. year: 01/01/2015.  

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

Decision making levels  

  Further formal qualifications 
  Not applicable 
  Further CPD qualifications 
  Not applicable 
  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 
  Not applicable 
  Additional responsibilities 
  Not applicable 
  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
  Not applicable 
  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
  Not applicable 
  Participation in extracurricular activities 
  Reduction in the number of classes per week. 
  Overtime 

Pre-primary and primary level – lump sum. 
Secondary level – calculation based on the career points. 

Central 

Central 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXEMBOURG  

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central Level 

Central Level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

There are no school heads in pre-primary and primary education institutions. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum 

Maximum 

actual salary 

EUR 

EUR 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

129 600 

129 600 

156 000 

156 000 

EUR 

No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

Pre-primary 

Primary  

Lower secondary  

Upper secondary  

  Private 

and 

private 
grant-aided 
independent  schools  determine 
their 
school  heads'  basic  statutory  salaries 
themselves. 

are 

Data  on  basic  gross  annual  statutory 
salaries  and  data  on  average  actual 
teacher 
from 
salaries 
remuneration  tables  of  the  Ministry  of 
Education.  Ref. 
01/01/2015 
(minimum  based  on  540 pts  and 
maximum on 650 pts). 

year: 

the 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Further formal qualifications 
Not applicable 
Further CPD qualifications 
Not applicable 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Not applicable 
Additional responsibilities 
Not applicable 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Not applicable 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
Not applicable 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Not applicable 
Overtime 
Not applicable 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

HUNGARY  

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

  Regulations  stipulate  the  same 
all 
the 

for 
regardless  of 

system 

promotion 
teachers 
employer. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified 
teachers in public schools 
Basic statutory salary  

Minimum 

Maximum 

Average  
actual salary 

HUF 

EUR 

HUF 

Pre-primary  

1 989 000 

6 303 

4 077 432 

EUR 

12 922 

HUF 

2 995 248 

EUR 

9 492 

Primary  

1 989 000 

6 303 

4 077 432 

12 922 

3 392 772 

10 752 

Lower secondary  

1 989 000 

6 303 

4 077 432 

12 922 

3 392 772 

10 752 

Upper secondary  

2 187 528 

6 933 

4 484 436 

14 212 

3 515 220 

11 140 

Salary  
increase/decrease 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

2014/15: 

  Further formal qualifications 

↑: Reform of teachers' 
salaries 

  Further CPD qualifications 

  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 

The  average  number  of  years 
that  a  reference  teacher  must 
complete 
the 
maximum  basic  statutory  salary 
is:  42  years  plus  2-4  year 
teacher trainee status.  

obtain 

to 

Source: Act on Public Education 
(CXC,  2011);  Gov.  Decree  No 
483/2013 (XII.17.). 

Decision making levels  

Teachers'  salaries  have 
been increased in order to 
motivate  young  people  to 
to 
be  a 
motivate 
for 
professional development. 

teacher  and 
teachers 

  Additional responsibilities 

Central 

1)  Allowance  for  leadership:  20-40 %  of  HUF 120 278,  160 167  or  175 494/month  (for  the  deputy  school 
head/s),  5-10 %  of  HUF 120 278,  160 167  or  175 494/month  (for  the  team  leaders  of  working  groups  of 
teachers), 20-40 % of HUF 120 278, 160 167 or 175 494/month (for the school/kindergarten division head/s) 
20 % of HUF 120 278, 160 167 or 175 494 /month (for the deputy head/s of school/kindergarten division/s). 
2) Allowance for form teachers: 10-30 % of HUF 160 167 or 175 494/month. 
3) Allowance for teaching ethnic minority classes in an ethnic minority language: 10 % of 120 278, 160 167 
or 175 494 /month. 
4)  Allowance  for  former  school  head/s  working  at  the  same  school:  25 %  of  his/her  former  school  head 
allowance (only after more than 10 year leadership). 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 

Central 

Allowance  for  teaching  at  schools  in  disadvantaged  areas:  10-30 %  of  HUF 120 278,  160 167  or 
175 494/month. 

  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 

Central 

Allowance for teaching SEN pupils/students: 5-10 % of 120 278, 160 167 or 175 494/month. 

  Participation in extracurricular activities 

  Overtime 

Central 

Hourly pay rate for overtime: the basic salary is divided by 138.5. 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HUNGARY  

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

  The same promotion system is 
stipulated  for  school  heads  in 
private sector. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum 

Maximum 

HUF 

EUR 

HUF 

EUR 

actual salary 
HUF 

EUR 

2 757 804 

8 740 

5 762 172 

18 261 

No data 

No data 

2 757 804 

8 740 

5 762 172 

18 261 

No data 

No data 

Pre-primary 

Primary  

Lower secondary  

2 757 804 

8 740 

5 762 172 

18 261 

No data 

No data 

Upper secondary  

3 872 268 

12 272 

6 169 176 

19 551 

No data 

No data 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Further formal qualifications 

Further CPD qualifications 

Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 

School heads' basic gross an-
nual  statutory  salaries  shown 
in this figure correspond to the 
statutory  salaries  of  teachers 
plus  the  allowance  for  school 
head  leadership  (40-80 %  of 
175 494/ 
HUF 160 167 
month).  

or 

Decision making levels  

Additional responsibilities 
Allowance for teaching ethnic minority classes in an ethnic minority language: 10 % of 160 167 or 175 494/month. 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
1) Allowance for teaching SEN pupils/students: 5-10 % of 160 167 or 175 494/month. 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
Allowance for teaching at schools in disadvantaged areas: 10-30 % of HUF 160 167 or 175 494/month.  
Participation in extracurricular activities 

Overtime 
Hourly pay rate for overtime: the basic salary is divided by 138.5. 

Central 

Central 

Central 

Central 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

MALTA 

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central level 

Central level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

N/A 

  Teachers’ basic statutory salaries are 
defined  following  the  same  methods 
for  public,  private  grant-aided  and 
private independent schools. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
teachers in public schools 

Pre-primary (Kindergarten Assistant 1) 

Pre-primary (Kindergarten Assistant 2) 

Primary  

Lower secondary  

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum 

Maximum 

actual salary 

EUR 

12 810 

15 539 

18 787 

18 787 

EUR 

16 589 

20 078 

24 614 

24 614 

EUR 

15 103 

15 103 

18 622 

19 377 

The average number of years that a 
reference  teacher  must  complete  to 
obtain  the  maximum  basic  statutory 
salary  is:  Kindergarten  Assistant  1 
(pre-primary teacher): 10 years 
Kindergarten Assistant 2 (pre-prima-
ry teacher): 5 years 
Teacher  (primary,  lower  secondary 
and upper secondary): 18 years 
Teachers’ 
upper 
salaries 
secondary  education  refer  to  the 
institutions  that  fall  under  the  direct 
responsibility  of 
the  Education 
Directorates,  Ministry  for  Education 
and Employment. 

for 

Upper secondary  
Data  on  basic  gross  annual  statutory  salaries  are  from  the  Financial  Estimates  for  2015  presented  by  the  Ministry  for  Finance. 
http://mfin.gov.mt/en/The-Budget/Documents/The_Budget_2015/Financial_Estimates_2015.zip  [Budgetary  Estimates  2015  -  Financial  Estimates 
2015 - 25 Appendices - L. Schedule Grades.pdf].  

24 614 

19 377 

18 787 

Salary increase/decrease   

Salary allowances for teachers 

Decision making levels  

2014/15: 

  Further formal qualifications 

Central 

↑:  General  salary  adjustment  for  all 
public employees 

In  October  2012,  a  Collective 
Agreement 
for  all  public  service 
employees  came  into  force  granting 
them a 2.5 % annual salary increase 
for  the  years  between  2011  and 
2016. 

A single, fixed allowance depending on the qualification achieved as long as the degree/diploma is 
not a pre-requisite qualification for appointment in the relevant grade. Only one allowance is granted 
that to the highest additional qualification obtained. 
Diploma: EUR 349 per annum. 
Degree: EUR 466 per annum. 
Master: EUR 699 per annum. 
Doctorate: EUR 932 per annum. 

  Further CPD qualifications 

Central 

EUR 14.48  per  hour.  This  fixed  payment  refers  to  three  two-hourly  compulsory  professional 
development sessions held after school hours during each school year. 

  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 

  Not applicable 

  Additional responsibilities 

Central 

Kindergarten Assistants (pre-primary level) receive a fixed EUR 300 allowance per annum. 
Teachers from primary to upper secondary level receive an allowance of EUR 600, or EUR 650 or 
EUR 800 per annum depending on the number of years of service. Heads of department receive a 
fixed annual allowance of EUR 1 100. 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 

  Not applicable 

  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging 

  Not applicable 

  Participation in extracurricular activities 

  Not applicable 

  Overtime 

  Not applicable 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MALTA  

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

  School  heads’  basic  statutory  salaries  are 
defined  using  the  same  methods  for  public, 
private  grant-aided  and  private  independent 
schools. 

School heads’ salaries for upper secondary education refer to the institutions that fall under the 
direct responsibility of the Education Directorates, Ministry for Education and Employment. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum 

Maximum 

actual salary 

EUR 

22 934 

22 934 

22 934 

22 934 

EUR 

26 512 

26 512 

26 512 

26 512 

EUR 

23 559 

23 559 

23 559 

23 559 

Pre-primary 

Primary  

Lower secondary  

Upper secondary  

Data  on  basic  gross  annual  statutory  salaries 
are  from  the  Financial  Estimates  for  2015 
presented by the Ministry for Finance. 
http://mfin.gov.mt/en/The-
Budget/Documents/The_Budget_2015/Financia
[Budgetary  Estimates 
l_Estimates_2015.zip 
2015 
-  25 
-  Financial  Estimates  2015 
Appendices - L. Schedule Grades.pdf].  
Head  of  school  salaries  for  upper  secondary 
education refer to the institutions that fall under 
the  Education 
the  direct 
Directorates,  Ministry 
for  Education  and 
Employment. 

responsibility  of 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Central 

Further formal qualifications 
A  single,  fixed  allowance  depending  on  the  qualification  achieved  as  long  as  the  degree/diploma  is  not  a  pre-requisite  qualification  for 
appointment in the relevant grade. Only one allowance is given, that to the highest additional qualification obtained. 
Diploma: EUR 349 per annum. 
Degree: EUR 466 per annum. 
Master: EUR 699 per annum. 
Doctorate: EUR 932 per annum. 
Further CPD qualifications 
EUR 14.48 per hour. This payment refers to three two-hourly compulsory professional development sessions held after school hours during 
each school year. 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Not applicable 
Additional responsibilities 
EUR 2 500,  EUR 3 000,  EUR 3 500  or  EUR 4 000  per  year  depending  upon  the  number  of  pupils.  The  minimum  allowance  is  attributed  to 
heads of school with less than 500 pupils while the maximum allowance is attributed to heads of school with more than 900 pupils. 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Not applicable 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
Not applicable 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Not applicable 
Overtime 
Not applicable 

Central 

Central 

N/A 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

THE NETHERLANDS  

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central level 

Central level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

for 

  Teachers’  basic  statutory  salaries 
are  defined  following  the  same 
methods 
private 
government  dependent  schools. 
No  data  available 
for  private 
independent  schools,  which  are 
only a few. 

public, 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum  Maximum  actual salary 

EUR 

No data 

32 598 

34 632 

EUR 

No data 

51 596 

71 305 

EUR 

No data 

No data 

No data 

34 632 

71 305 

No data 

Pre-primary  

Primary level 

Secondary level (ISCED2) 

Upper secondary level (LB) (ISCED 3; only 
general secondary education included)  

Salary  
increase/decrease 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

2014/15: 

  Further formal qualifications 

The average number of years that 
a  reference  teacher  must  com-
plete to obtain the maximum basic 
statutory salary is: primary level 15 
years  and  12  years  in  (upper) 
secondary level since 2014. 

Decision making levels  

↑:  Adjustment  to  the  cost 
of  living  for  employees  in 
the education sector 

Increase  of  1.2 % 
(this 
increase  is  also  the  case 
for  the  salaries  of  school 
heads)  decided 
the 
collective agreements.  

in 

Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 

  Further CPD qualifications 

Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 

  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 

Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 

  Additional responsibilities 

Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 
  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
  Not applicable  
  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
  Not applicable  
  Participation in extracurricular activities 

Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 

  Overtime 

School 

School 

School 

School 

School 

School 

Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 

Primary  education:  a  teacher  gets  an  allowance  of  EUR 856  a  year  (paid  monthly)  and  an  allowance  of 
EUR 724 (paid in August), as soon as he/she has reached the maximum salary.  
Secondary education: a teacher gets an allowance of EUR 1 388 a year (paid in August), as soon as he/she 
has reached the maximum salary.  
Other salary allowances are possible but are hardly used by schools.  

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
THE NETHERLANDS  

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central level 

Central level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

Not applicable 

  School  heads’  basic  statutory 
salaries  are  defined  following 
the  same  methods  for  public, 
private  government  dependent 
schools.  No  data  available  for 
independent  schools, 
private 
which are only a few. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Pre-primary 

Primary  

Secondary level (ISCED 2) 

Upper secondary level (ISCED 3; only 
general secondary education included) 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum  Maximum 

actual salary 

EUR 

No data 

40 580 

44 893 

44 893 

EUR 

No data 

75 219 

100 396 

100 396 

EUR 

No data  

No data  

No data  

No data  

leader 

School 
in  secondary 
education refers to the fact that 
a  school  head  works  only 
within  the  school.  A  Chairman 
Central  Board 
is  not  only 
responsible  for  one  school  but 
has  broader  responsibilities  for 
more  schools  within  the  same 
Board. 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Further formal qualifications 
Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 
Further CPD qualifications 
Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 
Additional responsibilities 
Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Not applicable 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
Not applicable 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 
Overtime 
Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 

Every school leader in primary education gets an allowance of EUR 302 a month and an allowance of EUR 219 in August.  
Other salary allowances are possible but are hardly used by schools.  

School 

School 

School 

School 

School 

School 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

AUSTRIA  

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

Regional level 

Central level 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 
Basic statutory salaries are regulated by Federal Remuneration Act.  

Central level 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified 
teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum 

Maximum 

actual salary 

Pre-primary  

Primary  

EUR 

No data 

30 338 

Lower secondary (General schools) 

30 338 

Lower secondary (Academic schools) 

33 348 

Upper secondary (Academic schools) 

33 348 

EUR 

No data 

58 044 

58 044 

69 958 

69 958 

EUR 

No data 

No data 

No data 

59 861 

59 861 

TEACHERS 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

  The  same  regulations  apply  for 
public  and  private  grant-aided 
schools.  At  private  independent 
schools, in general, the owner of 
the  school  defines  the  teachers' 
basic statutory salaries. 

The  average  number  of  years 
that  a  reference  teacher  must 
complete to obtain the maximum 
is:  34 
basic  statutory  salary 
years. 

Data  on  basic  statutory  salaries 
are  from  the  Federal  Remune-
ration  Act.  Ref.  year:  2015 
(March-August). 
Average  actual  salaries  are 
calculated  using  SAP  data.  Only 
academic 
teachers 
were 
secondary 
considered.  School  heads  are 
included. Ref. year: 2014.  

the 
schools 

at 

Salary  
increase/decrease 

2014/15: 

↑: General salary 
adjustment 
employees 

for  all  public 

reform  of 

teachers’ 
A 
salaries  was  decided 
in 
2013  and  will  become 
effective  from  1  September 
2015. 
It  was  agreed  upon  higher 
initial salaries and a change 
of  the  salary  progression 
the 
(away 
scheme 
strong 
towards 
tendency 
higher  salaries  for  longer 
service). 

from 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

Decision making levels  

  Further formal qualifications 
  Not applicable 
  Further CPD qualifications 
  Not applicable 
  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 

Central | Regional | School  

Lump sum bonus for outstanding performance or involvement in particularly successful projects.  

  Additional responsibilities 

Central | Regional | School  

These  allowances  are  in  general  defined  as  fixed  amounts.  However,  the  allowance  for  additional 
management  responsibilities (department head in vocational education) is based  on the teacher’s length of 
service and the number of classes which fall into his or her responsibility. 
  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
  Not applicable 
  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging 

Central | Regional | School  

circumstances 
These allowances are in general defined as fixed amounts. 

  Participation in extracurricular activities 
  Not applicable 
  Overtime 

Central | Regional | School  

Teachers  receive  extra  payment  for  overtime  if  they  exceed  their  fixed  legally  defined  teaching  load.  The 
calculation is based on a fixed percentage of the gross salary. Detailed regulations apply if teachers fall ill or 
are not able to give lessons as foreseen because of other reasons. 

All  allowances  are  regulated  by  federal  laws.  The  decision  on  which  particular  teacher  receives  a  certain 
allowance is made at regional and school level. 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AUSTRIA  

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

General upper secondary education 

Regional level 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Basic statutory salaries are regulated by Federal Remuneration Act.  

  School  heads’  basic  statutory  salaries 
are  defined  using  the  same  methods 
for  public  and  private  grant-aided 
schools.  At 
independent 
private 
schools,  in  general,  the  owner  of  the 
school defines the school heads' basic 
statutory salaries. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary   Average  

Minimum  Maximum  actual salary 

Pre-primary  

Primary (big) 

Primary (small) 

Lower secondary (> 4 classes, General schools) 

Lower secondary (small) 

Upper secondary (> 12 classes, Academic secondary schools) 
Upper secondary (small) 

EUR 

No data 

41 320 

36 376 

41 320 

36 376 

54 083 
49 721 

EUR 

No data 

67 120 

61 513 

67 120 

61 513 

82 334 
77 381 

EUR 

No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Data  on  basic 
statutory  salaries 
the 
from 
are 
Federal 
Remuneration Act. 

Decision making levels  

Further formal qualifications 
Not applicable 
Further CPD qualifications 
Not applicable 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Lump sum bonus for outstanding performance or involvement in particular successful projects.  
Additional responsibilities 
These allowances are in general defined as fixed amounts. 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Not applicable 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging 
circumstances 
These allowances are in general defined as fixed amounts. 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Not applicable 
Overtime 
School heads receive extra payment for overtime if they exceed their fixed legally defined teaching load. The calculation is based on a fixed 
percentage of the gross salary. Detailed regulations apply if the school head falls ill or is not able to give lessons as foreseen because of other 
reasons. 

Central | Regional | School  

Central | Regional | School  

Central | Regional | School  

Central | Regional | School  

Depending on the size of the school, school heads are granted a reduction of the teaching load (up to 100 % at big schools). If school heads 
give lessons, they are eligible for all teachers' allowances. 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

POLAND  

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 
General lower secondary education 

General upper secondary education 

0 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

  Teachers’ basic statutory salaries at private grant-aided and 
private independent schools are defined in accordance with 
the  Labour  Code  as  well  as  in  the  remuneration  rules 
applicable in particular school statutes.  

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum  Maximum 

actual salary 

The average number of years that a reference teacher must 
complete  to  obtain  the  maximum  basic  statutory  salary  is: 
20 years. 

PLN  EUR  PLN  EUR  PLN 

EUR 

Pre-primary  

22 805 

5 337 

38 054  8 905 

49 631 

11 615 

Primary  

22 805 

5 337 

38 054  8 905 

56 983 

13 335 

Lower secondary   25 687 

6 011 

43 390  10 154 

57 903 

13 550 

Upper secondary   29 043 

6 797 

49 666  11 623 

56 821 

13 297 

(with 

Data on gross annual statutory salaries are from the Act of 
26  January  1982  Teachers’  Charter 
further 
amendments) plus executive regulations related to salaries. 
Minimum  and  maximum  teacher’s  gross  annual  statutory 
salaries  for  primary  and  lower  secondary  education  are 
calculated  for  teachers  with  minimum  full  qualifications. 
However,  approximately  90 %  of  teachers  have  higher 
levels of qualification and receive higher remuneration. Data 
on average actual salary is from the school year 2013/14. 

Salary  
increase/decrease 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

2014/15: 

  Further formal qualifications 

The amount specified in the regulation for different levels of education obtained. 

No change: 

  Further CPD qualifications 

Not applicable 

Decision making levels  

Central 

salaries 
have 

of 
Statutory 
teachers 
not 
changed in the school year 
2014/15.  

  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 
  Motivation  incentive  (teaching  and  pedagogical  achievements,  introducing  effective  teaching  innovations, 
involvement in the teaching work, exceptionally effective in fulfilling tasks and duties and implementing into 
the school life educational priorities of the school governing body in accordance with local education policy): 
the amount specified in the regulations adopted by the local governments and upon a decision of the school 
head.  In  addition,  awards  may  be  granted  for  outstanding  assessment  in  the  evaluation  of  teacher's 
performance and for outstanding educational and pedagogical achievements. 

Central | Local | School 

  Additional responsibilities 

Central | Local | School 

The amount specified in the regulations adopted by the local self-governments and upon a decision of the 
school head. 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 

Central | Local 

10 %  of  basic  gross  annual  statutory  salary  lowered  by  the  amount  of  seniority  allowance  and  the  13th 
month  salary  for  working  in  a  rural  area  or  in  a  town  of  a  population  of  less  than  5 000.  Accommodation 
allowance: the amount specified in the regulations adopted by the local governments. 

  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging 

Central | Local 

circumstances 

The amount specified in the regulations adopted by the local governments. 

  Participation in extracurricular activities 

Not applicable 

  Overtime 

Central 

Payment  for  one  hour  overtime  =  personal  rate  of  basic  monthly  salary  (seniority  allowance  and  the  13th 
month salary excluded) divided by (4.16 x compulsory teaching hours weekly). 

  Other awards can be granted for different activities. 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
POLAND  

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum 

Maximum 

actual salary 

PLN 

EUR 

PLN 

EUR 

PLN 

EUR 

29 015 

6 790 

38 054 

8 905 

72 860 

17 050 

29 015 

6 790 

38 054 

8 905 

77 317 

18 093 

32 910 

7 701 

43 390 

10 154 

79 035 

18 495 

Pre-primary 

Primary  

Lower secondary  

Upper secondary  

37 606 

8 800 

49 666 

11 623 

79 518 

18 609 

grant-aided 

  School  heads’  basic  statutory  salaries  at 
private 
private 
independent  schools  are  defined 
in 
accordance with the Labour Code as well 
as in the remuneration rules applicable in 
particular school statutes.  

and 

Data  on  gross  annual  statutory  salaries 
are  from  the  Act  of  26 January  1982 
Teachers’  Charter  (with  further  amend-
ments) plus executive regulations related 
to salaries. Data on average actual salary 
is from the school year 2013/14. 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Central 

Central | Local | School 

Further formal qualifications 
The amount specified in the regulation for different levels of qualification obtained. 
Further CPD qualifications 
Not applicable 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Motivation incentive (teaching and pedagogical achievements, introducing effective teaching innovations, involvement in the teaching work, 
exceptionally effective in fulfilling tasks and duties and implementing into the school life educational priorities of the school governing body in 
accordance with local education policy): the amount specified in the regulations adopted by the local governments. In addition, awards may 
be  granted  for  outstanding  assessment  in  the  evaluation  of  teacher's  performance  and  for  outstanding  educational  and  pedagogical 
achievements. 
Additional responsibilities 
Additional responsibilities including managerial responsibilities, class headship, methodological advisory role or supervision and consultation 
for trainee teachers. The amount of this allowance depends on a decision of the school running body. 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
10 % of basic gross annual statutory salary lowered by the amount of seniority allowance and the 13th month salary for working in a rural 
area or in a town of a population of less than 5 000. Accommodation allowance: the amount specified in the regulations adopted by the local 
governments. 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging 
circumstances 
The amount specified in the regulations adopted by the local governments. 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Not applicable 
Overtime 
Payment for one hour overtime = personal rate of basic monthly salary (seniority allowance and the 13th month salary excluded) divided by 
(4.16 x compulsory teaching hours weekly). School heads are entitled to overtime in the case when they teach full-time. 

Central | Local 

Central | Local 

Central | Local | School 

Central 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

PORTUGAL  

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 
General upper secondary education 

0 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 
Central level 

  Private  schools  regulate  their  teachers'  salaries 
in function of a pay scale which is different from 
the  pay  scale  used  at  public  schools.  This  pay 
scale is a guideline for private schools but is not 
binding. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified 
teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum  Maximum  actual salary 

Pre-primary  

Primary  

Lower secondary  

EUR 

21 960 

21 960 

21 960 

EUR 

41 537 

41 537 

41 537 

EUR 

No data 

No data 

No data 

Upper secondary  

21 960 

41 537 

No data 

The  average  number  of  years  that  a  reference  teacher  must 
complete  to  obtain  the  maximum  basic  statutory  salary  is:  About 
34 years in the case of a regular career. Teachers stay, at least, 
four years in each echelon, except in the 5th echelon where they 
may stay only two years. Nevertheless there are no teachers in the 
last echelon.  

The  law  in  force,  which  defines  a  teacher's  career,  does  not 
distinguish  teacher's  salaries  by  the  level  of  education.  The 
teacher´s career is divided into 10 steps (teacher's progress within 
these  steps  overtime  and  in  function  of  their  evaluation,  among 
other  factors)  and  each  one  of  the  steps  has  a  wage  interval 
associated.  
Data  on  gross  annual  statutory  salaries  are  from  the  Directorate-
General 
the 
Portuguese Ministry of Education and Science.  

for  Planning  and  Financial  Management  of 

Salary  
increase/decrease 

2014/15: 

↑: General salary adjustment for all 
public 
other 
reasons 

employees 

and 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

Decision making levels  

  Further formal qualifications 
  Not applicable 
  Further CPD qualifications 
  Not applicable 
  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 
  Not applicable 
  Additional responsibilities 
  Not applicable 
  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
  Not applicable 
  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
  Not applicable 
  Participation in extracurricular activities 
  Not applicable 
  Overtime 

Central  

The extra hours of teaching service are compensated in accordance with the following percentages: 
12.5 %  for  the  first  weekly  hour  of  daytime  extra  work;  18.75 %  for  the  subsequent  hours  of  extra 
work.  

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PORTUGAL  

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

  Private schools regulate their teachers' salaries in function of 
a pay scale which is different from a pay scale used at public 
schools. This pay scale is a guideline role for private schools 
but  is  not  binding.  School  heads'  salaries  should  also  be 
calculated  according  to  years  of  service,  position,  number  of 
students (in each school cluster or school), as well as school 
policies regarding teachers' salaries.  

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  
Minimum  Maximum 

Average  
actual salary 

EUR 

EUR 

EUR 

Schools with less than 301 students 

23 999 

43 637 

Not Available 

Schools between 301 and 600 students 

25 166 

44 686 

Not Available 

Schools between 601 and 900 students 

26 917 

46 261 

Not Available 

Schools between 901 and 1 200 students 

29 053 

48 360 

Not Available 

Schools between 1 201 and 1 500 students 

29 578 

48 885 

Schools with more than 1 500 students 

30 103 

49 409 

School heads are teachers in the position or 
that  have  duties  of  a  school  head.  There  is 
no  difference  between  school  heads  at 
different  education  levels.  The  amount  that 
they  receive  is  calculated  according  to  their 
career position and number of pupils in their 
school cluster or school. The allowances are 
only  paid  twelve  times  per  year,  i.e.,  school 
heads  do  not  receive  the  supplement  at  the 
end  of 
the  year  and  holiday  payment 
(Dispatch  No.  5/2010,  24 December).  All 
school  heads  receive  a  salary  allowance 
besides  their  salary  which  is  defined  in 
accordance  with  the  number  of  pupils  of 
each school cluster or school.  

This allowance varies between EUR 200 per month for schools with less than 301 students to EUR 750 per month for schools with more than 1 500 
students. A school head may be the head of a school or a head of a school cluster that may have all levels of education. Data on gross annual 
statutory salaries are from the Directorate-General for Planning and Financial Management of the Portuguese Ministry of Education and Science. 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Further formal qualifications 
Not applicable 
Further CPD qualifications 
Not applicable 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Not applicable 
Additional responsibilities 
Not applicable 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Not applicable 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
Not applicable 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Not applicable 
Overtime 
Not applicable 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

ROMANIA  

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central level 

Central level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

  Private grant-aided and private independent 
schools are autonomous in the definition of 
their salaries, but teachers are employed in 
the  Law  of  National 
accordance  with 
Education  1/2011,  art.  60  (3), 
[Legea 
Educatiei Nationale 1/2011, art. 60 (3)]. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified 
teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum 

Maximum 

actual salary 

RON 

EUR  RON  EUR 

RON 

EUR 

Pre-primary  

13 154 

2 934 

37 194 

8 297 

25 178 

Primary  

13 154 

2 934 

37 194 

8 297 

25 178 

Lower secondary  

13 996 

3 122 

37 194 

8 297 

25 596 

5 617 

5 617 

5 710 

Upper secondary 

13 996 

3 122 

37 194 

8 297 

25 596 

5 710 

The  average  number  of  years 
that  a 
reference  teacher  must  complete  to  obtain 
the  maximum  basic  statutory  salary  is:  40 
years. 

Data on gross annual statutory salaries are 
from  Law 63/10.05.2011  about  salaries  of 
teachers  and  staff  in  education  in  2011, 
Annex  2 
[Legea  63/10.05.2011  privind 
salarizarea  in  anul  2011  a  personalului 
didactic si auxiliar din invatamant, Anexa 2]. 
Data  on  average  actual  salaries  are  from 
Ministry  of  Education  and  Scientific 
Research, Human Resources Department.  
Ref. year: 2014/15 school year.  
Calculation  method:  It  was  applied  the 
coefficient  of  indexing  1.05  (for  the  period 
March-August 2015). 

Salary  
increase/decrease 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

2014/15: 

  Further formal qualifications 

Decision making levels  

Central 

Fixed pay scale, according to the professional situation and years of teaching experience. 

↑: General salary 
adjustment  for  all  public 
employees 

  Further CPD qualifications 

Not applicable 

71/2015, 

From  1  March  2015,  the 
basic 
were 
salaries 
increased with 5 %.  
According to the OUG 83 / 
December  2014  and  the 
starting 
Law 
1 March 2015, the salaries 
will  be  increased  by  5 % 
in 
towards 
February 
and 
starting 1 September 2015 
be 
salaries  will 
the 
increased  by  5 %  towards 
the  salaries 
in  August 
2015. 

the  salaries 
2015, 

  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 

Central | Local 

  Merit  Graduation:  25 %  of  the  basic  salary  granted  5  years  consecutively  and  applied  by  County  School 
Inspectorates to 16 % of all teachers in the county (methodology defined centrally and applied locally).  

  Additional responsibilities 

Central 

20-25 % of the basic salary of a teacher for the position of a deputy head. 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 

Central | Local 

Up to 20 % of the basic salary for working in a remote area. 

  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging 

Central | Local 

circumstances 

Up to 15 % of the basic salary (methodology defined centrally and applied locally). 

  Participation in extracurricular activities 

Not applicable 

  Overtime 

Not applicable 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ROMANIA  

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central level 

Central level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

  Private 

and 

grant-aided 

private 
independent  schools  are  autonomous  in 
the definition of their salaries, but school 
heads  are  employed  in  accordance  with 
the  Law  of  National  Education  1/2011 
[Legea Educatiei Nationale 1/2011]. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum 

Maximum 

actual salary 

RON 

EUR 

RON 

EUR 

RON 

EUR 

Pre-primary 

Primary  

15 127 

15 127 

Lower secondary  

17 495 

3 374 

3 374 

3 903 

46 493 

10 371 

No data 

No data 

46 493 

10 371 

No data 

No data 

50 212 

11 201 

No data 

No data 

Upper secondary  

17 495 

3 903 

50 212 

11 201 

No data 

No data 

School  heads'  basic  salaries  are  set  by 
Law  63/10.05.2011  about  salaries  of 
teachers  and  staff  in  education  in  2011, 
Annex  4.2  [Legea  63/10.05.2011  privind 
salarizarea  in  anul  2011  a  personalului 
didactic si auxiliar din invatamant, Anexa 
4.2].  School  heads'  statutory  salaries 
correspond  to  the  statutory  salaries  of 
teachers  plus  allowances  for  the  school 
head position. Allowances are calculated 
as follows: 15-25 % of the basic salary of 
educators or primary school teachers; 25-
35 %  of  the  basic  salary  of  secondary 
school teachers. 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Central 

Further formal qualifications 
Fixed pay scale, according to the professional situation, years of teaching experience, number of classes and number of students. 
Further CPD qualifications 
Not applicable 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Merit graduation: 25 % of the basic salary granted 5 years consecutively and applied by County School Inspectorates to 16 % of all teachers 
in the county (methodology defined centrally and applied locally).  
Additional responsibilities 
Not applicable 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Up to 20 % of the basic salary for working in a remote area. 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or 
challenging circumstances 
Up to 15 % of the basic salary (methodology defined centrally and applied locally). 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Not applicable 
Overtime 
Not applicable 

Central | Local 

Central | Local 

Central | Local 

The allowances are regulated by the rules set for teachers. There are in addition allowances for school head positions. 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

SLOVENIA  

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 
General upper secondary education 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 
Central level 

  Teachers’  basic  statutory  salaries  are  defined  using 
the same methods for public, private grant-aided and 
private independent schools if they  get funding from 
public authorities. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum  Maximum 

actual salary 

Pre-primary  

Primary  

Lower secondary  

Upper secondary  

EUR 

16 810 

16 810 

16 810 

16 810 

EUR 

25 050 

27 029 

27 029 

27 029 

EUR 

17 400 

23 520 

23 940 

25 704 

The average number of years that a reference teacher 
must  complete  to  obtain  the  maximum  basic  statutory 
salary is: 25 years. 

The  gross  annual  statutory  salaries  are  determined  by 
the  Public  Sector  Salary  System  Act  and  with  the 
Collective  Agreement  for  Public  Sector,  which  specify 
common  salary  bases  of  all  employees  in  the  public 
sector.  Teachers  are  assigned  on  a  wage  grade 
between 30 to 43 (out of 65 grades).  
Data on average actual salaries are from the Statistical 
Office of the Republic of Slovenia (SORS). The data on 
the  average  monthly  gross  earnings  are  temporary  for 
the year 2013. The calculations are based on the pays 
of  teachers  who  worked  for  the  same  employer  the 
entire year and had full-time employment. 

Holidays payment is not included. For pre-primary level, the actual gross salaries of pre-primary teacher assistants are also included. The teacher assistants 
must have completed at least a four-year upper secondary education and are assigned on a wage grade between 19 to 29. For upper secondary level, only 
teachers of general subjects and educators at residence halls for students are included. 

Salary  
increase/decrease 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

2013/14: 

  Further formal qualifications 

Decision making levels  

Central | School 

change: 

No 
frozen. 

salaries 

In  December  2014,  the 
Government  and  public 
sector 
have 
unions 
reached  the  Agreement 
on measures in the field 
of  salaries  and  other 
labour costs in the public 
sector aiming to balance 
public  finances  for  the 
year 
The 
2015. 
Agreement  has  enabled 
the  extension  of  some 
implemented 
measures 
in 
years. 
Measures  refer  to  pay 
freeze  of  all  public 
employees,  the  delay  of 
from 
payment  arising 
promotion 
higher 
wage  grades  and  titles, 
and 
freeze  of  some 
salary allowances. 

previews 

to 

Fixed amounts per month: 1) academic specialization: EUR 23.27; 2) research master’s degree: EUR 36.21; 3) doctor's 
degree: EUR 59.47. 

  Further CPD qualifications 

Not applicable 

  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 

Central | School 

1) Regular work performance: between 2 and 5 % of the basic annual salary. 
2) Work performance from increased workload – additional teaching work: 100-130 % of the basic salary hour rate per 
teaching hour (not more than 5 hours weekly). 

  Additional responsibilities 

Central | School 

1) Head of a smaller branch unit: 9-10 % of the basic salary. 
2) Support to beginning teachers: 20 % of the basic salary for 4 teaching hours per week (ISCED 1, 2, 3). 
3)  Assuming  teaching  responsibility  for  a  certain  class:  7-13 %  of  the  basic  salary  for  0.5-1  teaching  hour  per  week 
(ISCED 1, 2, 3). 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 

Not applicable 

  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 

Central | School 

1) Teaching classes of pupils/students with special education needs: 8-18 % of the basic salary for teaching hours. 
2) Teaching at in-hospital classes: 7 % of the basic salary for teaching hours. 
3)  Additional  teaching  assistance  offered  to  a  pupil  or  a  group  of  pupils  with  special  education  needs  integrated  in 
mainstream class: from September to December 2014 EUR 11.94 per hour and since January 2015 EUR 11.01 per hour 
(ISCED 1, 2, 3). 
4) Bilingual classes: 12-15 % of the basic salary. 
5) Teaching in multi-grade classes: 7-10 % of the basic salary for teaching hours. 
6) Long service bonus: for each year of service, 0.33 % of the basic salary.  

  Participation in extracurricular activities 

Central | School 

1) Outdoor education: 20 % of the basic salary for 6 hours per day (ISCED 1, 2). 
2) Workshops, sports and other extracurricular  activities for pupils: from September to December 2014 EUR 11.94 per 
hour and since January 2015 EUR 11.01 (ISCED 1, 2, 3). 

  Overtime 

Up to 130 % of the basic salary hour rate per teaching hour. 

Central | School 

Allowances are specified by law and collective agreement. The decision to assign a particular allowance to a particular 
teacher is made at school level. Regular work performance allowances are provisionally taken out of teachers’ salaries 
following circumstances of economic crisis. Payment for overtime is extremely rare and realised in exceptional cases only.  

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SLOVENIA  

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting school heads’ 
basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

  School  heads’  basic  statutory  salaries  are  defined  using  the 
same  methods  for  public,  private  grant-aided  and  private 
independent schools if they get funding from public authorities. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  
Minimum  Maximum  actual salary 

Average  

EUR 

25 050 

26 020 

26 020 

26 020 

EUR 

35 258 

39 366 

39 366 

40 877 

EUR 

No data 

34 128 

34 128 

33 816 

Pre-primary 

Primary  

Lower secondary  

Upper secondary  

The  gross  annual  statutory  salaries  are  determined  by  the 
Public  Sector  Salary  System  Act  and  with  the  Collective 
Agreement  for  Public  Sector,  which  specify  common  salary 
bases  of  all employees in the public sector. School heads are 
assigned to a wage grade between 41 to 54 (out of 65 grades) 
according  to  the  Decree  on  salaries  of  directors  within  public 
sector and the Rules on the classification of posts of directors in 
education  and  sport  into  wage  groups  within  wage  group 
ranges. The relevant criteria are: level of education, number of 
students, classes, programmes, etc.  
Data  on  actual  salaries  are  from  the  administrative  record  for 
allocation of funds of Ministry of Education, Science and Sport. 
Ref.  year:  school  year  2013/14.  For  upper  secondary  level, 
allowance  for  work  performance  from  increased  workload 
(additional teaching work) is not included. 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Central 

Central 

Further formal qualifications 
Fixed amounts per month: 1) academic specialization: EUR 23.27; 2) research master’s degree: EUR 36.21; 3) doctor's degree: EUR 59.47. 
Further CPD qualifications 
Not applicable 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
1) Regular work performance: up to two month’s payments. 
2) Work performance from increased workload – additional teaching work: fixed amount depending on the number of teaching hours (not more 
than 5 hours weekly) and promotion to titles. 
Additional responsibilities 
Not applicable 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Not applicable 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
1) Managing a bilingual school: 6 % of the basic salary. 
2) Long service bonus: for each year of service 0.33 % of the basic salary. 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Not applicable 
Overtime 

Central 

Central 

Regular work performance allowances are provisionally taken out of school heads’ salaries following circumstances of the economic crisis.  

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

SLOVAKIA  

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central level 

Central level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

  Teachers’  basic  statutory  salaries  are  defined  using 
the same methods for public, private grant-aided and 
private independent schools. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified 
teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum 

Maximum 

actual salary 

EUR 

EUR 

Pre-primary  

Primary  

Lower secondary  

Upper secondary  

5 706 

7 074 

7 074 

7 074 

7 842 

9 576 

9 576 

9 576 

EUR 

8 622 

11 809 

11 809 

11 717 

The  average  number  of  years  that  a  reference 
teacher must complete to obtain the maximum basic 
statutory salary is: 32 years. 

in  accordance  with 

Data  on  minimum  and  maximum  gross  annual 
statutory  salaries  are 
the 
Regulation  of  the  Government  No  341/2004  of  the 
Law Code amended and Act No 553/2003 of the Law 
Code amended. Data on average actual salaries are 
from  the  Statistical  survey  of  employees  and  salary 
in education during the year 2014, MŠVVŠ, 2015. 

Salary  
increase/decrease 

2014/15: 

↑:  Reform  of 
salaries. 

teachers' 

Change  the  pay  scales  of 
teachers  and  professional 
in  education 
employees 
with  effect  from  1  January 
2015 
(Act  No  393/2014 
Coll.).  

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

Decision making levels  

  Further formal qualifications 
  Not applicable 
  Further CPD qualifications 

Fixed amount. 

  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 
  Not applicable 
  Additional responsibilities 

Central | School 

Central | School 

The  allowances  in  fixed  percentage  can  be  for  responsibility  as  a  class  teacher  and  induction  of  starting 
education staff.  

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
  Not applicable 
  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 

School 

In  case  when  in  the  class  there  are  at  least  30 %  individually  integrated  pupils  and  there  is  no  teacher 
assistant. Individual allowances are accounted following internal school regulation. 

  Participation in extracurricular activities 

Individual allowances. 

  Overtime 

Individual allowances for substitution of long absented colleagues. 

School 

Central | School 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SLOVAKIA  

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central level 

Central level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

  School  heads’  basic  statutory  salaries  are  defined  using 
the  same  methods  for  public,  private  grant-aided  and 
private independent schools. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum  Maximum 

actual salary 

EUR 

EUR 

Pre-primary 

8 484 

10 062 

Primary  

12 426 

Lower secondary  

12 426 

Upper secondary  

12 426 

14 814 

14 814 

15 234 

EUR 

8 622 

11 809 

11 809 

11 717 

Data on minimum and maximum gross annual statutory 
salaries  are  in  accordance  with  the  Regulation  of  the 
Government  No  341/2004  of  the  Law  Code  amended 
and  Act  No  553/2003  of  the  Law  Code  amended.  A 
teacher with at least 5 years of experience can become 
a  school  head.  School  heads'  statutory  salaries 
correspond to the statutory salaries of a teacher with a 
minimum required qualifications and at least 32 years of 
experience 
for  management. 
allowances 
Management allowances are stipulated in percentage of 
teachers' basic salaries and increased by percentage in 
scope  from  12  to  42,  which  depends  on  the  level  and 
size of school (number of students). They are regulated 
by the Act No 317/2009 on pedagogical and professional 
employees. Data on average actual salaries are from the 
Statistical  survey  of  employees  and  salary  in  education 
during the year 2014, MŠVVŠ, 2015. 

plus 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Further formal qualifications 
Not applicable 
Further CPD qualifications 
Not applicable 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Not applicable 
Additional responsibilities 
Not applicable 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Not applicable 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging 
circumstances 
Individual allowances. 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Individual allowances. 
Overtime 
Not applicable 

Regional | Local 

Regional | Local 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

FINLAND 

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Local level/municipality 

Local level/municipality 

General lower secondary education 

Local level/municipality 

General upper secondary education 

Local level/municipality 

Teachers' salaries are agreed nationally as part of collective agreements for state and municipal 
civil  servants  for  the  educational  sector,  which  are  concluded  at  intervals  of  1-3  years.  The 
negotiations  are  conducted  between  the  Trade  Union  of  Education  and  Local  Authority 
Employers in Finland.  

  The salary scale and agreements for teachers 
in  private  grant-aided  schools  are  different 
from  those  in  public  schools.  The  differences 
in  salaries  are  however  small.  Private 
independent schools that have the right to give 
certificates  of  completed  education  do  not 
exist in Finland.  

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified 
teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Minimum  Maximum 

Average  
actual salary 

Pre-primary  

Primary  

EUR 

27 674 

31 978 

EUR 

29 887 

Pre-primary level 

41 590 

Primary level 

EUR 

32 446 

43 977 

Lower secondary  

34 536 

44 917 

Lower secondary level 

48 460 

Upper secondary  

36 623 

48 487 

Upper secondary level 

54 275 

The  average  number  of  years 
that  a 
reference  teacher  must  complete  to  obtain 
the  maximum  basic  statutory  salary  is:  20 
years. 

The  maximum  gross  annual  statutory  salary 
is  a  minimum  salary  with  all  age  increments 
as the agreements do not define a maximum 
statutory  salary.  The  salaries  do  not  include 
any extra teaching hours. Ref. year: 2014.  
Data  on  average  actual  salaries  are  from 
is 
Statistics  Finland.  The  annual  salary 
calculated  as  12.5  times  the  monthly  salary 
(including holidays payment).  

Salary  
increase/decrease 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

Decision making levels  

2014/15: 

No change 

  Further formal qualifications 

According to the local agreements. 

  Further CPD qualifications 

According to the local agreements. 

The statutory salaries are based on 
a collective  agreement that is valid 
for two years at the time. 

  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 

According to the local agreements. 

Local 

Local 

Local 

  Additional responsibilities 
  Reduction in teaching load or remuneration based on calculated amounts. The formulas for these vary 

Local 

according to responsibility. 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 

Central 

2.37 % of the basic salary. 

  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 

Local 

According to the local agreements. 

  Participation in extracurricular activities 

According to the local agreements. 

  Overtime 

The formulas for these vary according to responsibility. 

Local 

Local 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINLAND 

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Local level/municipality 

Local level/municipality 

General lower secondary education 

Local level/municipality 

General upper secondary education 

Local level/municipality 

School heads' salaries are agreed nationally as part of collective agreements for state and municipal 
civil  servants  for  the  educational  sector,  which  are  concluded  at  intervals  of  1-3  years.  The 
negotiations are conducted between the Trade Union of Education and Local Authority Employers in 
Finland.  

  The  salary  scale  and  agreements  for 
school  heads 
in  private  grant-aided 
schools are different from those in public 
schools.  The  differences  in  salaries  are 
however  small.  Private 
independent 
schools  that  have  the  right  to  give 
certificates  of  completed  education  do 
not exist in Finland.  

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Minimum  Maximum 

Average  

actual salary 

Pre-primary 

Primary (big) 
Primary (small) 
Lower secondary  
(<= 6 groups of 32 pupils) 
Lower secondary  
(7-14 groups of 32 pupils) 
Lower secondary  
(15-19 groups of 32 pupils) 
Lower secondary  
(> 20 groups of 32 pupils) 

EUR 

28 412 

48 797 
45 437 

46 936 

EUR 

30 685 

59 179 
55 104 

56 921 

50 763 

61 563 

52 971 

64 240 

55 224 

66 972 

Pre-primary  
level (ISCED0) 

EUR 

39 945 

Primary level 

60 492 

Lower secondary 
level 

68 872 

Upper secondary  

53 693 

65 116 

Upper secondary 
level 

72 620 

In  upper  secondary  education,  school 
size does not affect the statutory salary.  

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Further formal qualifications 
Autonomy. 
Further CPD qualifications 
Autonomy. 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Autonomy. 
Additional responsibilities 
Autonomy. 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
2.37 % of the basic salary. Local and national level refers to additional duties that have been agreed on in collective agreements.  
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
Autonomy. 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Autonomy. 
Overtime 
Not applicable 

Local 

Local 

Local 

Local 

Central 

Local 

Local 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

SWEDEN  

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Pre-primary education 

Local level/municipality 

Local level/municipality 
Local level/municipality 
Local level/municipality 

Primary education 
General lower secondary education 
General upper secondary education 
There are no statutory salaries. Teachers’ salaries are agreed between the trade unions and the local authorities 
for  teachers  employed  by  the  municipalities.  The  individual  teacher’s  salary  is  finally  set  by  the  school  head 
within this framework. 
Monthly salary refers to contractually negotiated salaries including base salary including fixed supplements and 
variable supplements such as time outside ordinary working hours, on-call, and preparation compensations. All 
such included payments are counted in total as full-time salary. 

TEACHERS 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

the 

  Salaries are negotiated between the 
trade  unions  and 
school 
organisers for independent or grant-
aided 
independent  schools.  The 
individual  teacher’s  salary  is  finally 
set by the school head.  

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified teachers in public schools  The average number of years that 
a reference teacher must complete 
to  obtain 
the  maximum  basic 
statutory  salary  is:  salaries  are 
performance-based  and  set  after 
negotiations 
not 
and 
specifically linked to the number of 
years in the profession. 

Average  
actual salary 
EUR 
SEK 

Basic statutory salary 

Maximum 

Minimum 

Pre-primary 

277 200 

367 200 

322 800 

EUR 

EUR 

SEK 

SEK 

39 093 

29 511 

34 366 

are 

Primary  

286 800 

30 533 

417 600 

44 459 

350 400 

37 304 

Lower secondary  

286 800 

30 533 

417 600 

44 459 

350 400 

37 304 

General upper secondary  

322 800 

34 366 

448 800 

47 780 

382 800 

40 754 

There  are  no  salary  scales  or 
statutory  salaries.  The  indicated 
data  for  minimum  and  maximum 
salaries corresponds to the 10th  

and 90th percentiles of actual teachers' salaries for the school year 2014/15.Sweden has single structure compulsory education, hence data for 
primary and lower secondary are not separated. 
Data  on  average  actual  salaries  are  from  Statistics  Sweden  (Statistiska  centralbyrån,  SCB,  www.scb.se),  data  last  updated  on  27  May  2015: 
http://www.statistikdatabasen.scb.se/pxweb/sv/ssd/START__AM__AM0 110__AM0 110A/LoneSpridSektorYrk4A/?rxid=bd22 680e-f795-48e6-
8 412-3d785dace3d3#, in Swedish.  

Salary increase/decrease   

Salary allowances for teachers 

Decision making levels  

2014/15: 

  Further formal qualifications 

↑:  Increase  in  actual  salaries  is  the 
result  of  negotiations  between 
the 
employer  and  the  employees  (or  their 
respective representatives). 

Salaries are set after negotiations. 

Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 

  Further CPD qualifications 

Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 
  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 
Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 

  Additional responsibilities 

Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 

Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 

  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging 

circumstances 

Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 

  Participation in extracurricular activities 

Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 

  Overtime 

Normally overtime is included in all agreements for all employees. 

All the given variables are eligible but not exhaustive grounds for salary negotiations. 

86 

Local 

Local 

Local 

Local 

Local 

Local 

Local 

Local 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SWEDEN  

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Local level/municipality 

Local level/municipality 

General lower secondary education 

Local level/municipality 

General upper secondary education 

Local level/municipality 

There are no statutory salaries. Salaries are negotiated on an individual basis. 
Monthly salary refers to contractually negotiated salaries including base salary including fixed 
supplements and variable supplements such as time outside ordinary working hours, on-call, 
and preparation compensations. All such included payments are counted in total as  full-time 
salary. 

  Salaries  are  negotiated  between  the  trade 
for 
independent 

unions  and 
independent  or  grant-aided 
schools.  

the  school  organisers 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 
Basic statutory salary 

Minimum 
SEK  EUR  SEK 

Maximum 

EUR 

Average  
actual salary 
EUR 
SEK 

Pre-primary 

327 600 

34 877 

546 000 

58 128 

448 800 

47 780 

Primary  

444 000 

47 269 

609 600 

64 899 

522 000 

55 573 

Lower secondary  

444 000 

47 269 

609 600 

64 899 

522 000 

55 573 

Upper secondary  

444 000 

47 269 

609 600 

64 899 

522 000 

55 573 

education 

There  are  no  salary  scales  or  statutory 
salaries. The indicated data for minimum and 
maximum  salaries  corresponds  to  the  10th 
and  90th  percentiles  of  actual  school  heads' 
salaries for the school year 2014/15. No data 
available  on  different  categories  within 
compulsory 
lower 
secondary)  and  upper  secondary  education 
(level, size, etc.).  
Source:  Statistics  Sweden 
(Statistiska 
centralbyrån,  SCB,  www.scb.se),  data  last 
updated 
2015: 
27 
http://www.statistikdatabasen.scb.se/pxweb/s
v/ssd/START__AM__AM0 110__AM0 110A/L
oneSpridSektorYrk4A/?rxid=bd22 680e-f795-
48e6-8 412-3d785dace3d3#, in Swedish. 

(primary, 

May 

on 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Further formal qualifications 
Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 
Further CPD qualifications 
Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 
Additional responsibilities 
Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 
Overtime 
Normally overtime is included in all agreements for all employees. 

All the given variables are eligible but not exhaustive grounds for individual salary negotiations. 

Local 

Local 

Local 

Local 

Local 

Local 

Local 

Local 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

UNITED KINGDOM (ENGLAND AND WALES) 

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Central level / School 

Primary education 

Central level / School 

General lower secondary education 

Central level / School 

General upper secondary education 

Central level / School 

Publicly-funded  schools can be local  authority maintained schools or academies. Maintained 
schools  (England  and  Wales)  are  bound  by  centrally-determined  minimum  and  maximum 
amounts  for  pay  ranges,  common  for  all  levels  of  education  and  set  out  in  the  ‘School 
Teachers' Pay and Conditions Document’. Academies (England only and constituting around 
57 % of secondary schools and 11 % of primary schools) have the power to set their own pay 
scales if they so wish. Although academies are not required to follow the national pay ranges, 
many do. 

In  England  and  Wales,  private  independent 
schools  set  their  own  pay  scales.  Salary 
arrangements  for  staff  in  sixth  form  colleges 
who are not paid on the scales outlined in the 
'School  Teachers'  Pay  and  Conditions 
Document'  are  not  included;  their  pay  and 
conditions of service are negotiated nationally 
through  the  National  Joint  Council  (NJC)  for 
Sixth  Form  Colleges.  Academies,  which  are 
government-dependent  private  schools,  are 
dealt with under public schools. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified 
teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Minimum 

Maximum 

Average 

actual salary 

GBP 

EUR 

GBP 

EUR 

GBP 

EUR 

Pre-primary  

22 023 

28 274 

37 496 

48 140 

Primary level 
(maintained schools) 

Primary academies 
(England only) 

Secondary level 
(maintained schools) 

Secondary academies 
(England only) 

22 023 

28 274 

37 496 

48 140 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

22 023 

28 274 

37 496 

48 140 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Pre-primary/primary 
(maintained)  

32 500 

41 726 

Primary academies 
(England only)  

31 000 

39 800 

Secondary 
(maintained) 

36 300 

46 604 

Secondary academies 
(England only)  

35 600 

45 705 

In  September  2014,  the  system  of  incremental  pay  points  and  automatic  pay  progression  based  on  length  of  service  was  replaced  by  a 
performance-related pay scheme with pay ranges with minimum and maximum amounts only. Schools now have discretion over the speed of 
progression and the specific pay increases awarded.  

Data on statutory minimum and maximum gross annual salaries are from the Department for Education, School Teachers’ Pay and Conditions 
Document 2014,  
https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/school-teachers-pay-and-conditions-2014. Statutory salaries are not broken down by phase and do 
not apply to academies. They apply to England and Wales, excluding the London area (for which there are higher salary ranges). 
Figures on actual salaries do not apply to Wales. They have been provided by the Department for Education, ESEDD/Teachers and Teaching 
Statistics Team.  

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED KINGDOM (ENGLAND AND WALES) 

TEACHERS 

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

Salary  
increase/decrease 

2014/15: 

↑: No significant changes. 
General  Salary  adjustment  for  all 
public employees 

the 

from 

It  was 

In  line  with  the  recommendations  in 
the School Teachers' Review Body's 
Twenty-Fourth  Report, 
1 
September  2014,  a  1  per  cent  uplift 
has  been  applied  to  the  statutory 
minimum  and  maximum  of  all  pay 
national 
ranges 
pay 
in 
framework, 
including  allowances. 
(https://www.gov.uk/government/publ
ications/school-teachers-pay-and-
conditions-2014). 
also 
recommended  that  the  1  per  cent 
uplift be applied to salaries between 
the  minimum  and  maximum,  and 
reference  values  have  been  given, 
but  this,  along  with  determining  the 
number and value of scale points, is 
now  at  the  discretion  of  the  school, 
of 
due 
performance-related 
pay 
progression.  The  1  per  cent  uplift 
reflects the Government's average 1 
per  cent  pay  uplift  policy  which 
the  public  sector. 
applies  across 
(Source:  School  Teachers'  Pay  and 
Conditions  Document  2014  and 
Guidance  on  School  Teachers’  Pay 
and 
-
https://www.gov.uk/government/publi
cations/school-teachers-pay-and-
conditions-2014) 

introduction 

Conditions 

the 

to 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

Decision making levels  

  Further formal qualifications 

Do not attract salary allowances. 

  Further CPD qualifications 

Do not attract salary allowances. 

  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 

Central | School 

The new performance-related pay scheme gives schools discretion over the speed of progression 
and the amount of specific increases, within a minimum and maximum range. 

  Additional responsibilities 

Central | School 

Teaching and Learning Responsibility (TLR) payments (England and Wales): between GBP 2 587 
and GBP 12 643 per year. There are centrally determined pay ranges for these TLR payments but 
schools  themselves  appoint  candidates  to  specific  roles  /  responsibilities  with  TLRs  and  have 
some flexibility in deciding how much to award.  
There is a separate pay range for 'leading practitioners' whose primary purpose is to model and 
lead  the  improvement  of  teaching  skills  in  the  school.  The  minimum  salary  for  a  leading 
practitioner is GBP 38 215 and the maximum GBP 58 096 (excluding the London area, for which 
higher rates apply).  
Schools  may  also  decide  to  award  teachers  additional  payment  for  activities  relating  to  the 
provision of initial teacher training as part of the ordinary conduct of the school. 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or 

Central  

remote area) 

There  are  separate  pay  ranges  for  schools  in  inner  London,  outer  London  and  the  fringe  area. 
Minimum  on  main  pay  range  for  teachers  in  inner  London  (the  highest  range):  GBP 27 543; 
maximum on upper pay range for teachers in inner London: GBP 45 905. 

  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or 

Central | School 

challenging circumstances 

Teachers may be paid a SEN allowance in the range GBP 2 043 – GBP 4 034 per year.  
Schools  may  offer  recruitment  and  retention  benefits  for  those  working  in  challenging 
circumstances for a fixed period (determined by the school). 

  Participation in extracurricular activities 

Schools make such payments at their discretion.  

  Overtime 

School 

School 

Schools  may  decide  to  award  teachers  additional  payment  for  participation  in  continuing 
professional  development  undertaken  outside  the  school  day.  Schools  make  such  payments  at 
their discretion. 

89 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

UNITED KINGDOM (ENGLAND AND WALES) 

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

  In  England  and  Wales,  private  independent 
schools set their own pay scales. Academies, 
which  are  government-dependent  private 
schools, are dealt with under public schools. 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central level / School 

Central level / School 

General lower secondary education 

Central level / School 

General upper secondary education 

Central level / School 

Publicly-funded  schools can be local  authority maintained schools or academies. Maintained 
schools  (England  and  Wales)  are  bound  by  centrally-determined  minimum  and  maximum 
amounts  for  pay  ranges,  common  for  all  levels  of  education  and  set  out  in  the  ‘School 
Teachers' Pay and Conditions Document’. Academies (England only and constituting around 
57 % of secondary schools and 11 % of primary schools) have the power to set their own pay 
scales if they so wish. Although academies are not required to follow the national pay ranges, 
many do. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Minimum 

Maximum 

Average 

actual salary 

GBP 

EUR 

GBP 

EUR 

GBP 

EUR 

Group 1  

43 232 

55 504 

58 096 

74 587 

Pre-primary (maintained schools) 

60 000 

77 032 

Group 2  

45 421 

58 314 

62 521 

80 268 

Primary academies (England Only) 

63 300 

81 268 

Group 3  

Group 4  

Group 5  

Group 6  

Group 7  

Group 8  

48 991 

52 653 

58 096 

62 521 

67 290 

74 215 

62 898 

67 599 

74 587 

80 268 

86 391 

95 282 

67 290 

72 419 

79 872 

88 102 

97 128 

86 391 

Secondary Level (schools) 

86 600 

111 182 

92 976 

Secondary academies (England Only) 

91 600 

117 602 

102 545 

113 111 

124 699 

107 210 

137 643 

The statutory salary ranges for headteachers apply to maintained schools only in England and Wales, excluding the London area. Although the 
salary ranges apply to all phases of education, because there is a tendency for primary schools to be much smaller than secondary schools, in 
practice salaries at the lower end will tend to be paid only to heads in very small primary schools and those at the upper end to headteachers in 
very large secondary schools. 
Every school is assigned to one of eight broad pay ‘groups’ according to the number, age and SEN status of pupils. There are statutory minimum 
and maximum amounts for each group, but within those, it is for the school to determine the appropriate indicative pay range and the starting 
point which will apply to any given new appointment. If circumstances warrant it, schools can set the indicative pay range with a maximum of up 
to 25 per cent above the top of the relevant headteacher group range.  
The salaries for other leadership group posts (deputy headteachers or assistant headteachers) are paid according to a separate leadership pay 
range  which  goes  from  GBP  38  215  to  GBP  107  210.  Salaries  are  determined  by  taking  into  consideration  how  the  roles  fit  within  the  wider 
leadership  structure  of  the  school.  The  pay  range  for  a  deputy  or  assistant  headteacher  should  only  overlap  the  headteacher’s  pay  range  in 
exceptional circumstances.  
Source for statutory salaries: School Teachers Pay and Conditions Document 2014 https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/school-teachers-
pay-and-conditions-2014. 
Figures on actual salaries do not apply to Wales. They have been provided by the Department for Education, ESEDD/Teachers and Teaching 
Statistics Team.  

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED KINGDOM (ENGLAND AND WALES) 

SCHOOL HEADS 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

Further formal qualifications 
Do not attract salary allowances. 
Further CPD qualifications 
Do not attract salary allowances. In Wales, a leadership qualification is essential for appointment to headship; in England, this is no longer 
compulsory but it is nevertheless encouraged. 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
The salary of school heads is reviewed annually as part of the performance appraisal process. It is for the governing body to determine if a 
salary increase is warranted and, if so, the amount of that increase. 
Additional responsibilities 
School governing bodies may decide to award school heads additional payment for activities in respect of the provision of services by the 
headteacher relating to the raising of educational standards to one or more additional schools. 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
There  are  separate  pay  ranges  for  headteachers  in  schools  in  inner  London,  outer  London  and  the  fringe  area.  For  inner  London  (the 
highest range), the minimum is set at 50 461 and the maximum at 114 437.  
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or 
challenging circumstances 
Since  September  2014,  schools  may  not  offer  additional  payments  for  recruitment  and  retention  of  headteachers  (or  deputy/assistant 
headteachers) for schools in challenging circumstances, with the exception of time-bound expenses for relocation or housing costs. Instead, 
such circumstances should be taken into account in the determination of base pay. 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
School governing bodies make such payments at their discretion.  
Overtime 
School  governing  bodies  may  decide  to  award  school  heads  additional  payment  for  participation  in  out-of-school  hours  learning  activity. 
They make such payments at their discretion.  

School 

School 

Central 

School 

School 

School 

For all new  (or reviewed) posts, the expectation is that  additional  payments  to headteachers by means of allowances will become largely 
unnecessary, with the exception of allowances for temporary or irregular responsibilities or for other very specific purposes not appropriate to 
incorporate into permanent pay. 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

UNITED KINGDOM (NORTHERN IRELAND) 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Public schools (known in Northern Ireland as grant-aided schools) are bound by centrally determined pay scales 
common for all levels of education, which are determined by the Department of Education Northern Ireland. 

TEACHERS 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

  Private independent 

schools set their own pay 
scales for teachers. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Minimum 

Maximum 

Average  
actual salary 

Pre-primary  

Primary  

Secondary Schools 

Grammar schools 

GBP 

22 022 

22 022 

22 022 

22 022 

EUR 

28 273 

28 273 

28 273 

28 273 

GBP 

37 495 

37 495 

37 495 

37 495 

EUR 

48 138 

Pre-primary level 

48 138 

Primary level 

48 138 

Secondary schools 

48 138 

Grammar schools 

GBP 

37 742 

37 515 

39 286 

39 990 

EUR 

48 456 

48 164 

50 438 

51 342 

The pay range comprises two scales: a six-point main pay scale and a three-point upper pay scale. The range is the same for all phases. 
The average number of years that a reference teacher must complete to obtain the maximum basic statutory salary is: 10 years (six years 
on  the  main  salary  scale  and  an  additional  four  years  on  the  upper  salary  scale  after  positive  assessment  against  national  standards). 
Note: Data on actual salaries include part-time teachers at their full-time equivalent salaries.  
Source  for  statutory  salaries:  Department  of  Education  Northern  Ireland,  Circular  2015/18:  Teachers’  Pay  and  Allowances  from 
1 September 2014 (http://www.deni.gov.uk/2015-18_-_teachers_pay_and_allowances_from_1_september_2014.pdf). 
Source for actual salaries: Personal communication from Department of Education Northern Ireland, Teachers Pay and Pensions Team, 
April 2015.  

Salary  
inc./dec. 

2014/15: 

↑: No significant 
changes. 
Pay award for 
teachers. A 1 % 
uplift for all teachers 
in post on or after 
1 September 2014 
and 1 % uplift for all 
allowances 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

Decision making levels  

  Further formal qualifications 
Do not attract salary allowances. 

  Further CPD qualifications 

Do not attract salary allowances. 

  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 

Central | School 

Fixed  incremental  amounts  on  the  main  and  upper  pay  scale.  School  carries  out  performance  appraisal  and 
subject to this being satisfactory, teachers move up the pay scale. In cases of outstanding performance, they may 
move 2 points up the scale. 
  Additional responsibilities 

Central | School 

Teaching  Allowances:  minimum:  GBP 1 884;  maximum:  GBP 12 150.  There  are  centrally  determined  scales  for 
these  teachers,  but  schools  themselves  appoint  candidates  to  specific  roles  /  responsibilities  with  teaching 
allowances and have some flexibility in deciding how much to award. Schools may also decide to award teachers 
additional payment for activities relating to the provision of initial teacher training as part of the ordinary conduct of 
the school. 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 

Not applicable 

  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 

Central | School 

A  special  needs  allowance  of  GBP 2 041  or  4 033  is  payable.  Amounts  are  centrally  determined  while  schools 
appoint individuals to these roles.  
Schools  may  offer  recruitment  and  retention  points  for  those  working  in  challenging  circumstances  for  a  fixed 
period of up to three years. The payments are centrally determined: minimum: GBP 1 221; maximum: GBP 2 399. 

  Participation in extracurricular activities 

Schools make such payments at their discretion.  

  Overtime 

School 

School 

Schools may decide to award teachers additional payment for participation in out-of-school hours learning activity 
agreed between the teacher and the headteacher. Schools make such payments at their discretion.  

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

UNITED KINGDOM (NORTHERN IRELAND) 

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Public schools (known in Northern Ireland as grant-aided schools) are bound by centrally-determined pay scales 
common for all levels of education, which are determined by the Department of Education Northern Ireland.  

Salaries in  
the private sector 

  Private independent 

schools set their own pay 
scales. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Minimum 

Maximum 

Average  
actual salary 
GBP 
52 019 
55 740 
69 907 
77 406 

EUR 
55 503 
58 313 
62 895 
67 597 
74 586 
80 267 
86 390 
95 281 

GBP 
43 231 
45 420 
48 989 
52 651 
58 095 
62 520 
67 289 
74 214 

GBP 
58 095 
62 520 
67 289 
72 418 
79 872 
88 101 
97 127 
107 209 

EUR 
74 586 
80 267 
86 390 
92 975 
102 545 
113 110 
124 698 
137 642 

Pre-primary level 
Primary level 
Secondary schools 
Grammar schools 

Group 1 (L6-L18) 
Group 2 (L8-L21) 
Group 3 (L11-L24) 
Group 4 (L14-L27) 
Group 5 (L18-L31) 
Group 6 (L21-L35) 
Group 7 (L24-L39) 
Group 8 (L28-L43) 
Principals'  salaries  are  based  on  the  leadership  group  spine.  Points  below  L6  (not  shown  above),  with  a  minimum  salary  of  38 214,  apply  only  to 
deputy/assistant principals. Every school is allocated to one of eight ‘groups’, each covering a range of 13-16 points on the overall 43-point pay spine, 
and each school uses an ‘individual school range’ (ISR) of seven consecutive points within that range. Heads receive increments and move up the 
seven points subject to satisfactory performance assessment. Primary schools tend to be much smaller than secondary and grammar schools (the two 
types of school providing lower/upper secondary education), so in practice salaries set at the lowest points in the scale are likely only to be paid to 
heads in very small primary schools, and salaries at the highest points to heads of very large secondary and grammar schools.  
Source  for  statutory  salaries:  Department  of  Education  Northern  Ireland,  Circular  2015/18:  Teachers’  Pay  and  Allowances  from  1  September  2014 
(http://www.deni.gov.uk/2015-18_-_teachers_pay_and_allowances_from_1_september_2014.pdf). 
Source for actual salaries: Personal communication from Department of Education Northern Ireland, Teachers Pay and Pensions Team, April 2015 

EUR 
66 785 
71 562 
89 751 
99 379 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Central | School 

Further formal qualifications 
Do not attract salary allowances 
Further CPD qualifications 
Do not attract salary allowances 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Fixed  incremental  amounts  on  leadership  pay  scale.  School  governing  body  carries  out  performance  appraisal  and  subject  to  this  being 
satisfactory, heads move up the pay scale which consists of 7 consecutive points. Minimum value on 43 point pay spine is GBP 43 231 and 
maximum value is GBP 107 209. 
Additional responsibilities 
Schools may decide to award school heads additional payment for activities relating to the provision of initial teacher training as part of the 
ordinary conduct of the school and for additional responsibilities and activities due to, or in respect of, the provision of services by the head 
teacher relating to the raising of educational standards to one or more additional schools. 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Not applicable 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
School governing bodies may offer recruitment and retention points to recruit and retain heads to challenging schools. Schools make such 
payments at their discretion. 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Schools make such payments at their discretion.  
Overtime 
Schools may decide to award school heads additional payment for participation in out-of-school hours learning activity. Schools make such 
payments at their discretion.  

School  

School  

School  

School  

93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

UNITED KINGDOM (SCOTLAND)  

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central level 

Central level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

Teachers’ basic statutory salaries in all state schools in Scotland are set at a national level 
by the Scottish Negotiating Committee for Teachers (SNCT). 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum 

Maximum 

actual salary 

GBP   EUR  GBP  

EUR  GBP  

EUR 

Pre-primary  

26 235 

33 682 

34 887 

44 790 

32 944 

42 296 

Primary  

26 235 

33 682 

34 887 

44 790 

32 944 

42 296 

Lower secondary  

26 235 

33 682 

34 887 

44 790 

32 944 

42 296 

Upper secondary  

26 235 

33 682 

34 887 

44 790 

32 944 

42 296 

Salary  
increase/decrease 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

2014/15: 

  Further formal qualifications 

  Private independent schools are free to set their 

own salary levels.  

The  average  number  of  years  that  a  reference 
teacher  must  complete  to  obtain  the  maximum 
basic statutory salary is: 6 years. 

Data on gross annual statutory salaries are from 
the  Scottish  Negotiating  Committee  For 
Teachers, The SNCT Handbook of Conditions of 
Service, Appendix 2.1 SNCT Salary tables. Data 
on average actual salaries are from the Staff Pay 
Data  Census  in  Scotland.  The  average  actual 
salary presented is only calculated over all levels 
of  education  together.  Average  annual  actual 
for  all 
salary 
classroom teachers was £32 944. 

the  school  year  2013/14 

for 

Decision making levels  

↑:  No  significant  changes. 
Increase due to adjustment 
to  the  cost  of  living  for 
employees in the education 
sector.  There  was  a  1 % 
for 
salary 
award 
pay 
the 
2014/15  agreed  by 
SNCT. 

Not applicable 

  Further CPD qualifications 

Not applicable 

  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 

Not applicable 

  Additional responsibilities 

Not applicable 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 

Central 

Fixed amounts for remote schools and schools on distant islands: GBP 1 341, GBP 1 941 or GBP 2 517 per 
year. 

  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 

Residential Special School Allowances, 'Extra Curricular Activities Allowance' (where a teacher is involved 
in extra curricular activities for a maximum of 15 hours a week) – GBP 8 049 per year. 

  Participation in extracurricular activities 

Central 

Not applicable 

  Overtime 

Not applicable 

The Chartered Teacher programme in Scotland was closed to new entrants in 2011. However teachers who 
have  already  received  accreditation  for  work  on  the  programme  continue  to  receive  additional  salary 
increments in return for an enhanced contribution to the wider life of the school.  

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED KINGDOM (SCOTLAND)  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central level 

Central level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

  Private independent schools are free to set their 

own salary levels. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum 

Maximum 

actual salary 

Pre-primary 
Primary  
Lower secondary  

GBP  

43 137 

43 137 

43 137 

EUR 

55 382 

55 382 

55 382 

GBP  

84 201 

84 201 

84 201 

EUR 

108 102 

108 102 

108 102 

GBP  

50 804 

50 804 

50 804 

EUR 

65 225 

65 225 

65 225 

Data  on  gross  annual  statutory  salaries  are  from  the  Scottish  Negotiating  Committee  For  Teachers,  The  SNCT  Handbook  of  Conditions  of 
Service, Appendix 2.1 SNCT Salary tables. Data on average actual salaries are from the Staff Pay Data Census in Scotland. The average actual 
salary presented is only calculated over all levels of education together  and for both head  and  deputy head teachers. Average annual actual 
salary for the school year 2013/14 for all head and deputy head teachers was £50 804. School head posts in state schools in Scotland are job 
sized according to an agreed set of criteria (including size of the school roll) which measure the management responsibilities of that specific post. 
The result of this jobsizing exercise determines the point on the above scale that the post-holder is paid.  

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Further formal qualifications 
Not applicable 
Further CPD qualifications 
Not applicable 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Not applicable 
Additional responsibilities 
Not applicable 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Fixed amounts for remote schools and schools on distant islands: GBP 1 341, GBP 1 941 or GBP 2 517 per year. 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
The  Residential  Special  School  Allowances  are  (per  year),  the  'Residential  Responsibility  Allowance'  (where  a  headteacher  or  depute 
headteacher resides at the school, or  in such close proximity that they can undertake immediately action in respect of management and 
supervisory tasks arising outwith teaching hours, and responsibility for such tasks is an accepted part of the duties of the post): Headteacher 
–  £17 466;  Depute  Headteacher  –  £14 076;  and  'Extra  Curricular  Activities  Allowance'  (where  a  teacher  is  involved  in  extra  curricular 
activities for a maximum of 15 hours a week) – £8 049. 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Not applicable 
Overtime 
Not applicable 

Central 

Central 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

BOSNIA AND HERZEGOVINA 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

Central/Regional level 

Central Level 

Central Level 

General upper secondary education 

Central Level 

Central  level  means  level  of  entity  Republic  of  Srpska  (RS),  cantonal  levels  in  Federation  of  B&H  and  Brcko 
district level (BD). These are the levels of responsible ministries and there are budgets for education. There are 
differences between cantons, RS and BD. For primary and lower secondary schools, teacher transport costs and 
other school staff members are covered from the local budget whereas for upper secondary schools these costs 
are covered from the central budget (Budget of the Government of RS, 10 cantons budget and BD budget).  

TEACHERS 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

  Teacher  salaries  in  public 
schools  are  determined  by 
the  collective  agreements 
between 
the  government 
and school trade unions. In 
teachers' 
private  schools, 
basic  statutory  salaries  are 
determined  autonomously 
by the owner. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified 
teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Minimum 

Maximum 

Average  
actual salary 

Pre-primary  

BAM 
No data 

EUR 
No data 

Primary  
Lower secondary 
Upper secondary 

13 882 

16 518 

17 518 

7 083 

8 428 

8 938 

BAM 
No data 

15 300 

18 507 

23 376 

EUR 
No data  Pre-primary level (ISCED0) 

7 806 

9 442 

Primary level 

Lower secondary level 

BAM 
15 430 

16 857 

18 450 

EUR 
7 872 

8 601 

9 413 

11 927 

Upper secondary level 

20 154 

10 283 

The average num-
ber of years that a 
reference  teacher 
must  complete  to 
the  maxi-
obtain 
mum  basic  statu-
tory 
is:  
salary 
35 years 

Data  on  gross  statutory  salaries  are  calculated  based  on  the  coefficients  from  governmental  document  regulating  salaries  of  teachers  and 
headmasters  (as  well  as  all  the  other  public  sector  employees),  available  at  net  pages  of  all  government  (Government  of  RS,  ten  cantonal 
governments and BD government)). According to those laws, the basic statutory salary (S) in education/public sector in B&H is calculated as the 
product of the cost of labour (CL), payment coefficient for certain salary grade (C) and length-of-service increment (L) which is 0.5 % for each 
year of service: S = CL * C * (L*0.5). Fees for food and travelling allowance, for teachers whose place of residence is significantly removed from 
their place of work is calculated in teachers' salary in Republic of Crpska, but it is not case with cantons. The amount of allowance is equal to the 
cost of monthly ticket for public transport in the area. 

Salary  
increase/decrease 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

Decision making levels  

2013/14: 

No change. 

: 

  Further formal qualifications 

Not applicable  

  Further CPD qualifications 

Not applicable 

  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 

Not applicable 

  Additional responsibilities 

Not applicable 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 

Not applicable 

  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 

Central  

Salary allowance is increased by 1-10 % for teachers who teach pupils with special needs and depending on the 
structure of the class and the number of pupils with special needs. 

  Participation in extracurricular activities 

If the teacher is chaired by the union at the school, salary is increased for 15 % 

  Overtime 

Central  

Central 

In all canton teachers have right for overtime payment; the amount depends on collective agreements. 

96 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOSNIA AND HERZEGOVINA 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

General upper secondary education 

: 

: 

: 

: 

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

  School  heads'  basic  sta-
tutory  salaries  are  deter-
mined  autonomously  by 
the owner. 

Central level means level of entity Republic of Srpska (RS), cantonal levels in Federation of B&H and Brcko district 
level  (BD).  These  are  the  levels  of  responsible  ministries  and  there  are  budgets  for  education.  There  are 
differences between cantons, RS and BD.  

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 
Basic statutory salary  
Maximum 

Minimum 
BAM  EUR  BAM 

EUR 

Pre-primary 

17 560 

8 959 

19 500 

9 949 

Primary (small sized under the 400 pupils) 
Primary (medium sized from 400 to 800 pupils) 
Primary (big sized above 800 pupils) 
Lower secondary (small sized) 
Lower secondary (medium sized) 
Lower secondary (big sized) 
Upper secondary (small sized) 
Upper secondary (medium sized) 

19 200 
20 610 
22 980 

19 200 
20 610 
22 980 

19 200 
20 610 

9 796 
10 515 
11 724 

9 796 
10 515 
11 724 

9 796 
10 515 

22 350 
23 345 
25 300 

22 350 
23 345 
25 300 

22 350 
23 345 

11 403 
11 911 
12 908 

11 403 
11 911 
12 908 

11 403 
11 911 

Average  
actual salary 

BAM  EUR 

21 254 

10 844 

Pre-primary 
level (ISCED0) 

Primary level 

23 532 

12 006 

Lower  
Secondary 
level 

23 532 

12 006 

Data  on  gross  statutory  salaries  are  calculated  based  on  the  coefficients  from  governmental  document  regulating  salaries  of  teachers  and 
headmasters  (as  well  as  all  the  other  public  sector  employees),  available  at  net  pages  of  all  government  (Government  of  RS,  ten  cantonal 
governments and BD government)). According to those laws, the basic statutory salary (S) in education/public sector in B&H is calculated as the 
product of the cost of labour (CL), payment coefficient for certain salary grade (C) and length-of-service increment (L) which is 0.5 % for each 
year of service: S = CL * C * (L*0.5).  

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Further formal qualifications 
Not applicable 
Further CPD qualifications 
Not applicable 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Not applicable 
Additional responsibilities 
Basic statutory salary increased by 15 % for headmasters who are presidents of the assets of directors. 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Not applicable 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or 
challenging circumstances 
Not applicable 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Not applicable 
Overtime 
Different solutions depend from canton to canton in Federation of B&H, RS and BD, but all have right for overtime payment and amount 
depends from collective agreements. 

: 

: 

: 

: 

: 

: 

Central  

Central  

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

ICELAND 

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Local level/municipality 

Local level/municipality 

General lower secondary education 

Local level/municipality 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

Basic statutory salaries for pre-primary, primary and lower secondary level are determined by the Collective 
Agreement between The Association of Local Authorities in Iceland and The Icelandic Teachers Union. 

  Teachers’ 

statutory 
basic 
salaries are defined using the 
for  public, 
same  methods 
private 
and 
private independent schools. 

grant-aided 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified 
teachers in public schools 
Basic statutory salary  

Minimum 

ISK 

EUR 

Maximum 
ISK 

EUR 

ISK 

Average actual 
salary 

Pre-primary  

4 371 487 

28 337 

5 952 376 

38 584 

No data 

Primary  

4 486 893 

29 085 

6 110 985 

39 612 

No data 

Lower secondary  

4 486 893 

29 085 

6 110 985 

39 612 

No data 

The average number of years 
that a reference teacher must 
complete  to  obtain  the  maxi-
mum basic statutory salary is: 
the  number  of  years  varies. 
Determination  of  salaries  is  a 
combination  of  education, 
work  experience  and  actual 
age.  Teachers  55  years  and 
older are compensated with a 
reduction  of 
time 
duties.  

teaching 

EUR 

No data 

No data 

No data 

Upper secondary  

5 265 208 

34 130 

8 007 777 

51 908 

6 612 132 

42 861 

Data  on  gross  annual  statutory  salaries  for  pre-primary,  primary  and  lower  secondary  level  are  from  the  Collective  Agreement  between  The 
Association  of  Local  Authorities  in  Iceland  and  The  Icelandic  Teachers  Union  valid  until  31  December  2016.  Data  on  gross  annual  statutory 
salaries  for  upper  secondary  level  are  from  the  Icelandic  Ministry  of  Education,  Science  and  Culture  (Ref.  year:  2014),  and  the  Icelandic 
Teachers Union (Ref. year: 2014). 
Data on average actual salaries for upper secondary level are from the Ministry of Finance; coverage: > 90 %; Ref. year: 2014; calculation: gross 
average monthly salary of full-time equivalent, fully qualified teacher multiplied by 12.  

Salary  
increase/decrease 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

2014/15: 

  Further formal qualifications 

↑: Reform of Teachers' salaries. 

Raise in salary level 

  Further CPD qualifications 

Salary increases through experience. 

An  index  based  salary  increase 
has been awarded in 2013/14. 

  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 

Not applicable 

  Additional responsibilities 

Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 

Not applicable 

Decision making levels  

Local | School 

Local  

School 

  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or 

Local | School 

challenging circumstances 

Raise in salary level. 

  Participation in extracurricular activities 

Estimated as overtime. 

  Overtime 

1 % of the monthly basic salary per hour. 

School 

Local | School 

Salaries  are  calculated  in  a  tiered  matrix.  Salary  allowances  may  come  as  specific  payments  or  as 
salary raise within the matrix. Part of primary teachers’ working time is reserved for CPD. As teachers 
are expected to participate in CDP, they get salary increases through experience. Overtime payments 
can  be  a  significant  factor  in  salaries  of  upper  secondary  teachers.  In  case  of  work  outside  normal 
working hours, extra time is paid separately.  

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
ICELAND 

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Local level/municipality 

Local level/municipality 

General lower secondary education 

Local level/municipality 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

  School 

basic 

heads’ 

statutory 
salaries  are  defined  using  the  same 
methods  for  public,  private  grant-
aided  and  private 
independent 
schools. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Minimum 

Maximum 

Average actual 
salary 

ISK 

EUR 

ISK 

EUR 

ISK 

EUR 

5 522 528 

35 798 

12 306 728 

79 774 

No data 

No data 

5 472 164 

35 471 

15 504 560 

100 503 

No data 

No data 

Pre-primary 

Primary  

Lower secondary  

5 472 164 

35 471 

15 504 560 

100 503 

No data 

No data 

Upper secondary  

9 013 272 

58 425 

11 854 552 

76 843 

No data 

No data 

Data  on  gross  annual  statutory 
salaries for pre-primary, primary and 
lower  secondary  level  are  from  the 
Collective  Agreement  between  The 
Association  of  Local  Authorities  in 
Iceland  and  The  Icelandic  Teachers 
Union valid until 31 May 2015. Data 
on gross annual statutory salaries for 
upper  secondary  level  are  from  the 
Icelandic  Ministry  of  Education, 
Science  and  Culture.  Ref.  year: 
2012. 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Further formal qualifications 
Raise in the salary level. 
Further CPD qualifications 
Information on method of calculation, reference values and level of decision-making not available. 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Not applicable 
Additional responsibilities 
Not applicable 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Not applicable 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
Not applicable 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Not applicable 
Overtime 
Salary raise increased workload. Hourly rate 1 % of monthly salary. 

Local 

Local | School 

In  many  cases,  the  overall  level  of  allowances  depends  on  a  number  of  factors  both  at  municipal  and  school  level.  Allowances  for  upper 
secondary school heads may be different.  

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

LIECHTENSTEIN  

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 
Central level 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 
General lower secondary education 
General upper secondary education 
Public school teachers' salaries are regulated nationally, based on the national law on Civil Service Salaries 
and the related ordinance on teachers and its amendments.  
All teachers and head of schools are employed and administered centrally by the national education authority 
(Office of Education). 

Central level 
Central level 
Central level 

  Private 

Salaries in  
the private sector 
grant-aided 

and 
private  independent  schools 
private 
work 
employment 
law.  They  are 
free  to  define  their  teachers' 
salaries  within 
legal 
framework. 

under 

the 

the 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
teachers in public schools 

Average  

Minimum 

Maximum 

EUR 
64 301 

CHF 
77 315 

CHF 
125 460 

Basic statutory salary  

The  average  number  of 
years  that  a  reference 
teacher must complete to 
the  maximum 
obtain 
basic  statutory  salary  is: 
age  system 
reach 
Pre-primary  
maximum  basis  statutory 
salary  does  not  apply, 
Primary  
only  a  small  part  of  the 
Lower secondary (Gymnasium) 
salary increases with age 
Lower secondary  
and years of service. The 
(Oberschule, Realschule) 
other part is performance 
Upper secondary (Gymnasium) 
based and index-related.  
Following a major reform of the initial teacher education, there are still teachers with old diplomas. For those teachers, a general deduction of 
10 % of the gross annual statutory salary amount is applied. 
There is a major difference regarding  actual time taught at lower and upper  level of the Gymnasium. Full statutory salary at lower level of the 
Gymnasium is given for 28 lessons per week (100 full-time equivalence) and for 22 lessons per week at upper level. 
The maximum amount is a theoretical value, that is in fact never reached. (Average salaries are all in the lower half of the salary scope.) 

actual salary 
CHF 
EUR 
No data 
No data 

EUR 
104 341 

113 822 

134 439 

134 439 

136 860 

161 650 

161 650 

149 250 

124 127 

No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

99 601 

99 601 

84 333 

70 137 

82 835 

82 835 

91 971 

76 490 

to 

Salary 
increase/decrease 

Salary allowances 
for teachers 

Decision making levels  

2013/14: 

Further formal qualifications 

No change: salaries frozen. 

teachers' 

Since  2007,  the  reform  of  teachers’ 
salaries  aimed  at  determining  the 
regular 
in 
accordance  with  the  system  for  civil 
servants.  The  new  performance 
related salary system is regarded as 
a quality assurance instrument.  

payment 

Not applicable 

Further CPD qualifications 

Not applicable 

  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 

Not applicable 

  Additional responsibilities 

Central 

Head of school substitute position: monthly basic allowance + additional allowance for in % of managerial 
responsibilities as set by contract (time and financial allowance). 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 

Not applicable 

Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 

Not applicable 

  Participation in extracurricular activities 

Not applicable 

  Overtime 

Not applicable 

There are no special financial allowances but teachers receive a relief of their teaching hours if additional 
tasks  (so  called  'anrechenbare  Tätigkeiten',  'Entlastungslektione'n).  Each  school  has  a  certain  quota  of 
lessons for defined tasks to allocate to the teachers based on calculations defined by  law  (Ordinance  on 
teachers service: http://www.gesetze.li/get_pdf.jsp?PDF=2004 092.pdf, Art. 22). 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIECHTENSTEIN  

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

  Private  grant-aided  and  private  independent 
schools  work  under  the  private  employment 
law.  They  are  free  to  define  their  school 
heads' salaries within that legal framework. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Average  

Minimum 

Maximum 

actual salary 

CHF 
Not 
applicable 

EUR 
Not 
applicable 

CHF  EUR  CHF  EUR 

Not 
applicable 

Not 
applicable 

No data 

No data 

69 154 

57 513 

161 642  134 433 

No data 

No data 

Pre-primary 

Primary  

Primary (small) 

48 514 

40 348 

54 030 

44 935 

No data 

No data 

Lower secondary  

82 725 

68 800 

147 094  122 334 

No data 

No data 

Lower secondary  

82 725 

68 800 

147 094  122 334 

Upper secondary (big) 

165 113 

137 320 

188 968  157 159 

Upper secondary (small) 

92 914 

77 274 

103 484 

86 065 

With  a  reform  of  the  ordinance  on  civil 
servants salary systems in June 2012, a new 
salary  system  for  school  heads  has  been 
introduced  in  the  context  of  reform  of  school 
heads  in  general  (more  autonomy  and  more 
leadership  responsibilities).  Until  that  date, 
school  heads  were  regular  teachers  with 
additional managerial responsibilities. As from 
the school year 2012/13, actual school heads 
are  in  place  with  special  contracts  (civil 
servants) and salary system. As most head of 
school  positions  are  not  full-time  positions 
(actual  workload  depends  on  the  size  of  the 
school),  head  of  schools  may  additionally 
have a teaching contract. This is not covered 
in the amounts indicated in the table. 
The  maximum  amount  is  a  theoretical  value, 
that 
fact  never  reached.  (Average 
salaries  are  all in the lower half of the salary 
scope.) 

in 

is 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Further formal qualifications 
Not applicable 
Further CPD qualifications 
Not applicable 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Not applicable 
Additional responsibilities 
Not applicable 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Not applicable 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
Not applicable 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Not applicable 
Overtime 
Not applicable 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

MONTENEGRO  

 TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Amount of teachers' salaries in public schools is statutory regulated.  

  Calculation  method  is  the  same  for  all  of  these 

noted types of schools. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Minimum  Maximum 

Average 
actual salary 

Pre-primary (Kindergarten Assistant 1) 

No Data 

Pre-primary (Kindergarten Assistant 2) 

No Data 

EUR 

Primary  

Lower secondary  

Upper secondary  

6 433 

6 433 

6 433 

EUR 

No Data 

No Data 

10 213 

10 213 

EUR 

Pre-primary level (ISCED0)  9 172 

Primary level 

Lower secondary level 

10 213 

Upper secondary level 

9 172 

9 172 

9 172 

The  average  number  of 
years  that  a  reference 
teacher must complete to 
obtain 
the  maximum 
basic  statutory  salary  is: 
The  average  number  of 
to  achieve 
years 
the 
of 
amount 
maximum 
salary 
is  not  statutory 
prescribed.  This  amount 
is  the  product  of  several 
factors  which  include  the 
level  of  teachers'  edu-
cation,  length  of  service, 
etc. 

The  above  calculation  is  made  in  accordance  with  the  Collective  Agreement.  Based  on  this  document,  coefficients  for  all  levels  of  education 
depend on the education level of teacher. For the teachers with upper secondary non-tertiary education coefficient is 5.43, while for the teachers 
with tertiary education coefficient is 6.47. Coefficients are multiplied with the starting base the amount of which is 90.00 EUR plus 63.00 EUR as a 
fixed  amount  multiplied  by  the  coefficient  of  years  of  service  to  date.  The  coefficient  for  the  years  of  service  to  date  in  accordance  with  the 
Collective Agreement for the  first  10  years is increased  by 0.50 %, for 10-20 years by 0.75 % and for each year over 20 years of the years  of 
service to date by 1.00 %. Source: Ministry of Education. 

Salary increase/decrease   

Salary allowances for teachers 

Decision making levels  

2014/15: 

No change.  

  Further formal qualifications 

Central  

For teachers  graduated with the Master degree of Sciences  basic coefficient 6.47 is increased for 
0.50 (6.97), while for teacher with PhD degree coefficient 6.47 is increased for 0.90 (7.37).  

  Further CPD qualifications 

There  were  no  changes 
the 
amount  of  Teachers'  salaries  in  the 
current year. 

in 

  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 

  Additional responsibilities 

In primary education, the basic coefficients will be increased for: 
- teacher – mentor 0.20; 
- teacher – counsellor 0.40; 
- teacher – senior counsellor 0.60; 
- teacher – researcher 0.80; 
- homeroom teaching 10 % 
- work in combined classes: with two grades 4 %, with three grades 7 %, with four grades and more 
10 %; 
- work in two or more institutions 5 %; 
- a pre-school teacher carrying out educational process and keeping the work register 5 %.  
In secondary education and education of children with special needs, the coefficient will be increased 
for: 
- teacher – mentor 0.20; 
- teacher – counsellor 0.40; 
- teacher – senior counsellor 0.60; 
- teacher – researcher 0.80. 

  Additional responsibilities (continued) 

- practical education provider 0.30; 
- homeroom teaching 10 %; 
- teaching four or more subjects according to different programmes 5 %; 
- work in two or more institutions 5 %. 

102 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

Salary increase/decrease 

Salary allowances for teachers 

Decision making levels  

Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 

Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
Only for teachers who work in specialized institutions basic coefficient is increased by 30 %. 
Participation in extracurricular activities 

Overtime 
Each  overtime  teaching  hour  is  calculated  as  a  regular  teaching  hour,  i.e.  one  overtime  teaching 
hour means increasing of salary by 5 % in relation to the basic salary. 

For these above noted specificities, Collective Agreement is applied which is equally binding for all. 

MONTENEGRO  

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

Salaries  of  school  heads  depend  on  the  number  of  students  in  a  particular  school  (regulated  by  Collective 
Agreement). For example, in upper secondary schools up to 500 students, coefficient of head is 8.07 while in 
upper secondary schools over 500 students coefficient of head is 8.76. For heads of primary schools the same 
rule is in force while in kindergarten salary of heads depends on the number of educational-upbringing groups.  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

  For  public,  private  govern-
ment 
schools, 
dependent 
which  are  financed  by  the 
private 
Government 
independent 
the 
same Collective Agreement is 
binding. 
In  some  cases, 
private  independent  schools 
can  regulate  heads'  salaries 
by themselves. 

and 
schools, 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  
Minimum 
EUR 

Maximum 
EUR 

Average  
actual salary 

Pre-primary 

Primary  
Lower secondary  
Upper secondary  

9 333 

9 333 

9 333 

9 333 

13 097 

13 097 

13 097 

13 097 

Pre-primary level (ISCED0) 

Primary level 

Lower secondary level 

Upper secondary level 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Further formal qualifications 

EUR 

11 215 

11 215 

11 215 

11 215 

Above 
calcula-
tion  is  based  on 
Collective 
Agreement. 
Source:  Ministry 
of Education. 

Decision making levels  

Central  

For  school  heads  with  Master  of  Science  degree  coefficient  is  increased  for  0.50,  while  for  school  heads  with  PhD  degree  coefficient  is 
increased for 0.90.  

Further CPD qualifications 

Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 

Additional responsibilities 

Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 

Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 

Participation in extracurricular activities 

Overtime 

N/A 

103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

FORMER YUGOSLAV REPUBLIC OF MACEDONIA  

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

N/A 

  The  private 

institutions 

(primary  schools, 
secondary  schools,  and  pre-primary  schools) 
use  different  methodology  for  calculation  of 
the  staff  salaries,  which  is  based  on  their 
internal rules.  

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Minimum 

Maximum 

MKD 
323 868 

EUR  MKD 
465 063 
5 268 

EUR 
7 564 

Average  
actual salary 
EUR 
MKD 
No Data 
No Data 

237 120 

Pre-primary (Kindergarten Assistant 1) 
Pre-primary (Kindergarten Assistant 2) 
Primary  
Lower secondary  
Upper secondary  
The minimum and maximum amount of the basic gross annual salary of the teachers is calculated with the provided possibility for the adopted 
coefficients in the Collective Agreement for basic education and Collective Agreement for secondary education. With the Government's decision of 
August 2014, the gross salaries for all public servants (including teachers and school heads) are increased by 4 %. 

No Data 

No Data 

No Data 

No Data 

No Data 

No Data 

339 747 

477 180 

477 180 

499 200 

333 038 

333 038 

347 641 

5 526 

7 761 

7 761 

8 120 

3 857 

5 417 

5 417 

5 654 

The  average  num-
ber of years that a 
reference 
teacher 
must  complete  to 
obtain 
the  maxi-
mum basic statuto-
ry  salary  is:  mini-
mum eight years of 
work  as  associate-
teacher. 

Salary  
increase/decrease 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

2014/15: 

  Further formal qualifications 

Decision making levels  

↑: Other reasons 

  Further CPD qualifications 

Central 

salary 

Starting  from  2014,  based 
on the results of an extern-
al assessment 20 % of the 
teachers  might  have  a 
15 % 
increase. 
Additionally,  with  the  Go-
vernment's  decision  of 
August 2014 the gross sa-
public 
laries 
servants 
(including 
school 
and 
teachers 
heads)  are  increased  by 
4 %. 

for 

all 

Allowance  for  mentorship:  10 %  of  the  salary  which  is  received  by  the  apprentice-teacher  after  the 
completion  of  the  apprenticeship  (for  primary  education  2 914  denars,  i.e.  10 %  of  29 142  denars;  for 
secondary education 3 042 denars, i.e. 10 % of 30 426 denars). Defined in the Law for Secondary Education 
and Law for Primary Education. 

  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 

Central 

Allowance  for  outstanding  or  especially  outstanding  teachers:  Success  Coefficient  in  primary  education 
0.090-0.180  (1 050-2 160  denars);  Success  Coefficient  for  secondary  education  0.092-0.184  (1 100-
2 210 denars). On the basis of Collective Agreements for Primary and Secondary Education. 

  Additional responsibilities 

Central 

Class leadership: Coefficient for primary education 0.120 (MKD 1 400); Coefficient for Secondary Education 
of 0.123 (MKD 1 480). Determined by the collective contract for primary education. 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 

Central 

  Mountainous area coefficient for primary education: from 0. 060 to 0.300 (700 to 3 490 denars). Determined 

by the collective agreement for primary education. 

  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 

Central 

Coefficient 0.120 (amount 1 397denars): Determined by the collective agreement for primary education. 

  Participation in extracurricular activities 

  Overtime 

-  

- 

The amounts are calculated by multiplying of the coefficients with basic amount which for primary education is 
11 643 denars, and for secondary education is 12 012 (monthly based amounts). 

104 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FORMER YUGOSLAV REPUBLIC OF MACEDONIA 

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

Central level 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

N/A 

  N/A 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Minimum 

Maximum 

Average  
actual salary 

MKD 
454 621 

454 621 

454 621 

476 036 

EUR 
7 394 

7 394 

7 394 

7 743 

MKD 
509 177 

509 177 

509 177 

580 416 

EUR 
8 282 

8 282 

8 282 

9 441 

MKD 
No Data 

No Data 

No Data 

No Data 

EUR 
No Data 

No Data 

No Data 

No Data 

Pre-primary 
Primary  
Lower secondary  
Upper secondary  

Salary allowances for school heads 

Further formal qualifications 

Sources:  Ministry 
of 
Education  and  Science 
school  education. 
for 
With 
the  Government's 
decision  of  August  2014, 
the  gross  salaries  for  all 
public servants (including 
teachers 
school 
and 
heads)  are  increased  by 
4 %. 

Decision making levels  

Central 

Further CPD qualifications 
Allowance  for  mentorship:  10 %  of  the  salary  which  is  received  by  the  apprentice-teacher  after  the  completion  of  the  apprenticeship  (for 
primary education 2, 914 denars, i.e. 10 % of 29 142 denars; for secondary education 3 042 denars, i.e. 10 % of 30 426 denars) Defined in 
the Law for Secondary Education and Law for Primary Education.  
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Allowance  for  outstanding  or  especially  outstanding  school  heads:  Success  Coefficient  in  primary  education  0.090-0.180  (1 050-
2 160 denars); Success Coefficient for secondary education 0.092-0.184 (1 100-2 210 denars). On the basis of Collective Agreements for 
Primary and Secondary Education. 
Additional responsibilities 
Allowances  for  management  duties  and  activities:  primary  education  (up  to  16  classes:  10 057  coefficient,  i.e.  6 439  denars;  from  17  to 
36 classes:  12 217  coefficient,  i.e.  8 954  denars;  over  36  classes:  12 871  coefficient,  i.e.  9 715  denars);  secondary  education  (up  to  29 
classes: 0.55 coefficient, i.e. 6 607 denars; from 30 to 49 classes: 0.889 coefficient, i.e. 10 679 denars; over 50 classes: 1 226 coefficient, 
i.e. 14 727 denars).  
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Mountainous area coefficient for primary education from 0.060 to 0.300 (700 to 3 490 denars). Determined by the collective agreement for 
primary education. 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
Coefficient 0.120 (amount 1 397denars). Determined by the collective agreement for primary education. 
Participation in extracurricular activities 

Central 

Central 

Central 

Central 

Overtime 

105 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

NORWAY  

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Local Level/municipality 

Local level/municipality 

General lower secondary education 

Local level/municipality 

General upper secondary education 

Regional level/counties 

  Teachers  in  private  schools  have  a 
right  to  similar  wage  –  and  working 
agreement  as  teachers  in  similar 
kind of public schools, but they may 
agree to deviations.  

The  minimum  wages  are  negotiated  at  central  level.  Authorities  at  local  level  are  free  to  increase 
minimum  wages  (in  local  agreements).  The  minimum  wages  are  therefore  not  statutory,  strictly 
speaking.  

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified 
teachers in public schools 
Basic statutory salary  

Minimum 

Maximum 

NOK 

EUR 

NOK 

EUR 

Average  
actual salary 
EUR 
NOK 

Pre-primary  

Primary  

383 100 

42 369  Not applicable  Not applicable 

453 622 

50 168 

410 800 

45 432  Not applicable  Not applicable 

506 264 

55 990 

Lower secondary (t4it) 

410 800 

45 432  Not applicable  Not applicable 

506 264 

55 990 

Lower secondary (t5it) 

440 500 

48 717  Not applicable  Not applicable 

506 264 

55 990 

Upper secondary (t5it) 

440 500 

48 717  Not applicable  Not applicable 

552 388 

61 091 

Upper secondary (t6it) 

477 700 

52 831  Not applicable  Not applicable 

552 388 

61 091 

Salary  
increase/decrease 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

2014/15: 

  Further formal qualifications 

↑: General salary 
adjustment for all public 
employees. 

Fixed amounts. 

  Further CPD qualifications 

Not applicable 

  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 

The  increase  is  due  to 
negotiations 
central 
level. 

at 

Not applicable 

  Additional responsibilities 

  Minimum value. 

The average number of years that a 
reference  teacher  must  complete  to 
obtain  the  maximum  basic  statutory 
salary  is:  there  is  an  increase  in 
minimum  wage  over  16 years, 
setting  minimum  wage 
after 
16 years, not maximum. 

The  minimum  wages  are  negotiated 
on central level. Local level is free to 
increase  minimum  wages.  The 
minimum  wages  are  therefore  not 
statutory,  strictly  speaking.  Most 
teachers  have  a  higher  salary  than 
the minimum statutory salary. 

Decision making levels  

Central 

Central / Local 

Local 

Central 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 

Not applicable 

  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 

Not applicable 

  Participation in extracurricular activities 

Information on method of calculation and reference values not available. 

  Overtime 

Between 50 % and 100 % of the basic salary. 

  Criteria  for  allowances  can  be  negotiated  at  local  level.  This  may  include  criteria  related  to  performance  or 

student results. 

106 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NORWAY  

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Local level/municipality 

Local level/municipality 

General lower secondary education 

Local level/municipality 

General upper secondary education 

Regional Level/counties 

  Same  rules  apply  as  for  teachers  in 

private schools. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  
Maximum 

Minimum 

Average  
actual salary 
EUR  NOK  EUR 

NOK  EUR  NOK 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

551 461  60 989 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Pre-primary 

Primary (big) 

Primary (small) 

Lower secondary (big) 

Lower secondary (small) 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Upper secondary (MX+Y>10)* 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Upper secondary (MX+Y<=10)*  

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

Not applicable 

641 148  70 908 

641 148  70 908 

641 148  70 908 

641 148  70 908 

733 800  81 155 

733 800  81 155 

There  are  no  longer  statutory  salaries 
for school heads. 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Further formal qualifications 
Not applicable 
Further CPD qualifications 
Not applicable 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Not applicable 
Additional responsibilities 
Not applicable 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Not applicable 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
Not applicable 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Not applicable 
Overtime 
Not applicable 

Criteria for salaries are decided at local level. 

107 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

SERBIA 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Pre-primary education 

Central level 

Central level 
Primary education 
Central level 
General lower secondary education 
General upper secondary education 
Central level 
Salaries  of  all  teachers  in  public  schools  are  regulated  at  the  central  level,  regardless  of  their  categories,  school 
types, etc.  

TEACHERS 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

schools 
following 

  Salaries  of  teachers  in  private 
are 
independent 
calculated  by 
the 
methods  established  by  private 
institutions themselves. There is 
no  official  data  on 
these 
methods or salary amounts. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified 
teachers in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  

Minimum 

Maximum 

Average  
actual salary 

Serbian Dinar - RSD  EUR  Serbian Dinar - RSD  EUR 

Serbian Dinar - RSD 

EUR 

Pre-primary  

Primary  
Lower secondary  

Upper secondary  

544 049 

544 044 
544 049 

544 049 

4 498 

4 498 
4 498 

4 498 

814 499 

814 499 
814 499 

814 499 

6 734 

6 734 
6 734 

6 734 

No data 

No data 
No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 
No data 

No data 

The  average  number  of  years 
that  a  reference  teacher  must 
the 
complete 
maximum basic statutory salary 
is: 40 for men, 35 for women. 

obtain 

to 

The  basic gross salary is calculated on the basis of  the coefficients for each occupation  group and level of education, and the salary basis for public 
employees,  both  established  by  the  Government  and  the  Ministry  of  Education,  Science and  Technological  Development  and  in  accordance  with  the 
following documents: the Law on salaries in public bodies and services; the Regulation on the coefficients for the calculation and payment of salaries of 
public  employees;  the  Labour  law;  the  Special  collective  agreement  for  employees  in  primary  and  secondary  schools  and  students  dormitories.  As 
presented in the table above, the basic salaries of teachers are different in case of different highest level of education they have attained (ISCED 4, 5, 6 or 
7). The indicated statutory salaries became valid in November 2014, while at the beginning of the 2014/15 school year (September and October) they 
were 10 % higher. 

Salary  
increase/decrease 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

2014/15: 

Further formal qualifications 

Decision making levels  

central 

↓:  General  salary  adjustment  for  all 
public employees. 
Due  to  budgetary  deficits  and  new 
fiscal  savings  plan,  salaries  of  all 
public employees, including teachers, 
school  heads  and  other  education 
staff,  were  reduced  by  10 % 
in 
November 2014. This decision is still 
valid,  therefore,  the  minimum  and 
maximum statutory salaries are given 
by  taking  into  account  the  reduction. 
The  salaries 
in  September  and 
October  2014  were  10 %  higher. 
Moreover, the salaries of teachers in 
a  limited  number  of  schools  were 
in  February 
reduced 
additionally 
2015  after  they  had  refused  to  end 
the  strike  after  the  signature  of  the 
new  collective  agreement.  Although 
the  new  collective  agreement  was 
adopted, 
these  schools  did  not 
provide the plan for compensation of 
classes that were reduced from 45 to 
30  minutes  during 
In 
Serbia,  teachers  have  the  legal  right 
during the strike to limit the length of 
school hours from 45 to 30 minutes. 

the  strike. 

One-year  specialization  –  2 %  of  the  basic  salary;  two-years  specialization  –  3 %  of  the  basic  salary; 
magistratura – 3 % of the basic salary; PhD – 6 % of the basic salary.  

Further CPD qualifications 

Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 

Additional responsibilities 

central 

Class teacher in lower and upper secondary  education: 4 %  of the basic salary; teacher who works in 
combined classes, consisted of 2 grades (3 % of the basic salary), 3 grades (4 % of the basic salary) or 
4 grades (5 % of the basic salary); assistant to the school head: 10 % of the basic salary; school head: 
20 % of the basic salary. 

Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote 
area) 

8 % of the basic salary. 

Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging 
circumstances 

10 % of the basic salary. 

Participation in extracurricular activities 

central 

central 

Overtime 

central / school 

26 % of the basic salary. The amount of overtime allowance is decided at central level, but school heads 
are responsible for deciding if overtime work is necessary in a certain situation. 

The salary allowances are awarded to teachers on all education levels who fulfil conditions for a certain 
allowance. The allowances  are determined on  the  central  level (the Government  decides which are  the 
values and calculation methods) and are processed on the school level. In addition, teachers are awarded 
with transportation allowance or a monthly public transportation ticket.  

108 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SERBIA 

P a r t   I I :   N a t i o n a l   D a t a   S h e e t s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central level 

Central level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

  Salaries  of 

in  private 
school  heads 
independent  schools  are  calculated  by 
following  the  methods  established  by  private 
institutions  themselves.  There  is  no  official 
data on these methods or salary amounts. 

Salaries of all school heads in public schools are regulated at the central level, regardless of 
their categories, school types, etc.  

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 
Basic statutory salary  

Minimum 
Serbian Dinar 
- RSD 
859 438 

Pre-primary 
Primary  
Lower secondary  
Upper secondary 

859 438 

859 438 

859 438 

Maximum 

Serbian 
Dinar - RSD 
977 400 

977 400 

977 400 

977 400 

EUR 

8 081 

8 081 

8 081 

8 081 

EUR 

7 106 

7 106 

7 106 

7 106 

Average  
actual salary 

Serbian 
Dinar - RSD 
No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

EUR 

No data 

No data 

No data 

No data 

There  are  no  differences  in 
basic gross salaries for school 
heads  for  different  categories 
or size of schools. Primary and 
lower  secondary  education  is 
integrated 
delivered 
and 
institution  – 
through  one 
therefore, 
primary  school  – 
one  school  head  in  a  primary 
school  is  in  charge  of  both 
education levels.  

To be assigned as a school head, one must have at least five years of experience as a teacher or other education staff, so the minimum statutory 
salary indicated in the table above is  calculated by taking into account  5 years of  experience, the coefficient for education staff with ISCED 7 
qualification,  and  the  salary  basis  for  public  employees,  all  established  by  the  Government  and  the  Ministry  of  Education,  Science  and 
Technological Development and in accordance with the following documents: the Law on salaries in public bodies and services; the Regulation 
on  the  coefficients  for  the  calculation  and  payment  of  salaries  of  public  employees;  the  Labour  law;  the  Special  collective  agreement  for 
employees in primary and secondary schools and students dormitories. The indicated statutory salaries became valid in November 2014, while at 
the beginning of the 2014/15 school year (September and October) they were 10 % higher. 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

central 

Further formal qualifications 
One-year specialization – 2 % of the basic salary; two-years specialization – 3 % of the basic salary; magistratura – 3 % of the basic salary; 
PhD – 6 % of the basic salary.  
Further CPD qualifications 
/ 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
/ 
Additional responsibilities 
/ 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
8 % of the basic salary. 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or 
challenging circumstances 
10 % of the basic salary. 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
/ 
Overtime 
26 % of the  basic salary.  The amount of overtime allowance is decided at central level,  but school heads  are  responsible for deciding if 
overtime work is necessary in a certain situation. 

central 

central 

/ 

/ 

/ 

/ 

central/school 

The salary allowances are awarded to school heads who fulfil conditions for a certain allowance at all education levels. The allowances are 
determined on the central level (the Government decides which are the values and calculation methods) and are processed on the school 
level. In addition, school heads are awarded with transportation allowance or a monthly public transportation ticket.  

109 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

TURKEY  

TEACHERS 

Decision making levels for setting  
teachers’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central level 

Central level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

In  accordance  with  the  Ministry  of  National  Education 
Regulation on Private Education Institutions, the basic net 
salary  paid to  a teacher in a  private independent school 
cannot  be  less  than  the  basic  net  salary  of  a  teacher 
working  in  an  equivalent  public  school.  Taking  this 
precondition  into  account,  private  schools  may  adopt 
different salary policies. Thus, teacher salaries may vary 
significantly between private schools. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified 
teachers in public schools 
Basic statutory salary  

Minimum 

Maximum 

TRY 

EUR 

TRY 

Pre-primary  

36 462 

12 875 

41 987 

EUR 

14 826 

Average  
actual salary 
TRY 

EUR 

No data 

No data 

Primary  

36 462 

12 875 

41 987 

14 826 

No data 

No data 

Lower secondary  

33 798 

11 934 

39 323 

13 885 

No data 

No data 

Upper secondary  

33 798 

11 934 

39 323 

13 885 

No data 

No data 

Salary  
increase/decrease 

Salary allowances  
for teachers 

2014/15: 

  Further formal qualifications 

The  average  number  of  years  that  a 
reference  teacher  must  complete  to 
obtain  the  maximum  basic  statutory 
salary is: 27 years. 

from  Decision  on 

Data  on  the  gross  annual  statutory 
salaries  are 
the 
Lesson and Additional Lesson Hours of 
School  Heads  and  Teachers  of  MoNE 
(http://www.resmigazete.gov.tr/eskiler/
2006/12/20061216-5.html). 

Decision making levels  

Central 

↑: General salary 
adjustment for all public 
employees. 

Fixed amounts. Master teachers and  prime teachers receive  additional  payment. Teachers with masters’ 
degree move on to one year upper degree in the salary scale and teachers with doctorate degree move on 
two  years  upper  degree  in  the  salary  scale.  In  addition,  teachers  with  masters'  and  doctorate  degree 
receive the additional lesson payment respectively 5 % and 15 % increased than the other teachers. 

  Further CPD qualifications 

Central 

Teachers obtaining a relevant level (A, B or C) from National Public Staff Foreign Language Exam receive 
additional payment according to the level obtained. 

  Positive teaching performance appraisal or students' results 

Not applicable 

  Additional responsibilities 

Fixed amounts. 

Central 

  Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 

Not applicable 

  Teaching pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 

Not applicable 

  Participation in extracurricular activities 

Central 

Fixed amounts. Teachers in lower and upper secondary education who have responsibilities for carrying on 
special activities receive additional payment for six teaching hours a week. 

  Overtime 

Central 

Fixed amounts. Teachers receive an extra payment if they teach more than 18 hours per week in primary 
schools and more than 15 hours per week in lower and upper secondary schools. 

110 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TURKEY  

P a r t   I I I :   D e f i n i t i o n s  

SCHOOL HEADS 

Decision making levels for setting  
school heads’ basic statutory salaries in public schools 

Salaries in  
the private sector 

Pre-primary education 

Primary education 

Central level 

Central level 

General lower secondary education 

Central level 

General upper secondary education 

Central level 

In  accordance  with  the  Ministry  of  National  Education 
Regulation on Private Education Institutions, the basic net 
salary  paid  to  a  school  head  in  a  private  independent 
school  cannot  be  less  than  the  basic  net  salary  of  a 
school  head  working  in  an  equivalent  public  school. 
Taking this precondition into account, private schools may 
adopt different salary policies. Thus, school head salaries 
may vary significantly between private schools. 

Annual gross salaries of full time fully qualified  
school heads in public schools 

Basic statutory salary  
Minimum 

Maximum 
EUR  TRY  EUR 

TRY 

Average  
actual salary 
EUR 
TRY 

Pre-primary 

45 522 

16 074 

49 979 

17 648 

No data 

No data 

Primary  

42 858 

15 133 

47 315 

16 707 

No data 

No data 

Lower secondary  

42 858 

16 074 

47 315 

17 648 

No data 

No data 

Upper secondary  

45 522 

16 074 

49 979 

17 648 

No data 

No data 

Data  on  gross  annual  statutory  salaries  are  from 
the Decision on the Lesson and Additional Lesson 
Hours  of  School  Heads  and  Teachers  of  MoNE 
(http://www.resmigazete.gov.tr/eskiler/2006/12/20 
061 216-5.html). 

The amounts reflect the salaries of school heads in 
most  common  school  types,  i.e.,  primary  schools 
and  Anatolian  high  schools.  Salaries  in  other 
school  types  such  as  boarding  primary  schools, 
science and social sciences high schools differ. 

Salary allowances for school heads 

Decision making levels  

Central 

Central 

Further formal qualifications 
Fixed amounts. Master teachers and prime teachers receive additional payment. Teachers with masters’ degree move on to one year upper 
degree in the salary scale and teachers with doctorate degree move on two years upper degree in the salary scale. 
Further CPD qualifications 
School heads obtaining a relevant level (A, B or C) from National Public Staff Foreign Language Exam receive additional payment according 
to the level obtained. 
Positive teaching/management performance appraisal 
Not applicable 
Additional responsibilities 
Not applicable 
Geographical location (high cost of living, disadvantaged or remote area) 
Not applicable 
Teaching/coordinating classes with pupils/students with special education needs or challenging circumstances 
Not applicable 
Participation in extracurricular activities 
Not applicable 
Overtime 
School heads may teach for up to 6 hours a week if they wish and receive payment for each taught hour in that case. 

Central 

111 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
P ART III: DEFINITIONS 

Education levels and programmes –  
International Classification of Education (ISCED 2011)  

Decision-making levels  

Schools  

Teachers and school heads  

Salaries  

Allowances  

113 

113 

114 

114 

114 

115 

Education levels and programmes – International Classification of Education (ISCED 2011) 

E a r l y   C h i l d h o o d   E d u c a t i o n   ( I S C E D   0 )  

Programmes  at  this  level  are  typically  designed  with  a  holistic  approach  to  support  children's  early 
cognitive,  physical,  social  and  emotional  development  and  introduce  young  children  to  organised 
instruction outside of the family context. ISCED level 0 refers to early childhood programmes that have 
an intentional education component.  

P r i m a r y   e d u c a t i o n   ( I S C E D   1 )  

Programmes at this level are typically designed to provide students with fundamental skills in reading, 
writing and mathematics (i.e. literacy and numeracy) and establish a solid foundation for learning and 
understanding  core  areas  of  knowledge,  personal  and  social  development,  in  preparation  for  lower 
secondary education.  

Age is typically the only entry requirement at this level. The customary or legal age of entry is usually 
not  below  5  years  old  or  above  7  years  old.  This  level  typically  lasts  six  years,  although  its  duration 
can range between four and seven years.  

L o w e r   s e c o n d a r y   e d u c a t i o n   ( I S C E D   2 )  

Programmes at this level are typically designed to build on the learning outcomes from ISCED level 1. 
Students enter ISCED level 2 typically between ages 10 and 13 (age 12 being the most common). 

U p p e r   s e c o n d a r y   e d u c a t i o n   ( I S C E D   3 )  

Programmes  at  this  level  are  typically  designed  to  complete  secondary  education  in  preparation  for 
tertiary  education  or  provide  skills  relevant  to  employment,  or  both.  Pupils  enter  this  level  typically 
between ages 14 and 16. 

Decision-making levels 

T h e   t o p - l e v e l   a u t h o r i t y   f o r   e d u c a t i o n    

In most countries, this is the central government. In four cases, however, decision-making occurs at a 
different  level,  namely  that  of  the  governments  of  the  Communities  in  Belgium,  the  Länder  in 
Germany, the governments of the Autonomous Communities in addition to the central government in 
Spain  and  the  respective  education  ministries  in  England,  Wales,  Northern  Ireland  and  Scotland  for 
the United Kingdom.  

113 

 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

L o c a l   l e v e l   /   M u n i c i p a l i t y  

This level refers to the decision-making bodies at municipal or city level. 
S c h o o l   l e v e l  

This  level  refers  to  all  the  decision-making  bodies  located  within  the  school.  They  may  include  the 
school head, school board, parental committee, etc. 

Schools 

P u b l i c   s c h o o l  

Public schools are those directly or indirectly administered by a public education authority and receive 
all/almost all their funding from the public authorities. 

P r i v a t e   g r a n t - a i d e d   s c h o o l s  

Schools/institutions  which  are  directly  or  indirectly  administered  by  a  non-governmental  organisation 
(church, trade union, a private business concern or other body) and which receive over 50 % of their 
funding from the public authorities.  

P r i v a t e   i n d e p e n d e n t   s c h o o l s  

Private  schools  are  regarded  as  independent  if  they  get  less  than  50 %  of  their  funding  from  public 
authorities. 

S c h o o l   s i z e  

Where school heads’ salaries are linked to the size of the school, the definition of ‘small schools’ and 
‘large schools’ is used as laid down in national legislation or official national documents.  

Teachers and school heads 

F u l l y   q u a l i f i e d   c l a s s r o o m   t e a c h e r  

A  classroom  teacher  is  defined  as  a  person  whose  professional  tasks  involve  the  planning, 
organisation  and  delivery  of  group  or  individual  activities  for  a  class  of  students  with  respect  to  the 
development  of  their  knowledge,  skills,  and  attitudes.  Fully  qualified  teachers  have  fulfilled  all  the 
training  requirements  for  teaching  (one  or  more  subjects)  and  meet  all  other  requirements  (e.g. 
probation period) according to the official policy in a country.  

S c h o o l   h e a d  

Any  person  leading  a  school  or  a  group  of  schools  who,  alone  or  as  part  of  an  administrative  body 
such  as  a  board  or  council,  is  responsible  for  its  leadership/management/administration.  Depending 
on  circumstances,  the  person  concerned  may  also  exercise  educational  responsibilities  (which  may 
include  teaching  tasks),  but  also  responsibility  for  the  general  functioning  of  the  institution  in  areas 
such as the timetable, implementation of the curriculum, decisions about what is to be taught and the 
materials and methods used, management of staff and/or finances. 

Salaries 

B a s i c   s t a t u t o r y   s a l a r y   ( t e a c h e r s / s c h o o l   h e a d s )  

The  basic  remuneration  awarded  to  a  teacher/school  head  who  holds  the  minimum  qualifications 
required  to  teach  or  to  manage  a  school  at  a  specific  level  of  the  education  system  and  who  is  a 
childless, unmarried person. 

114 

P a r t   I I I :   D e f i n i t i o n s  

B a s i c   g r o s s   a n n u a l   s t a t u t o r y   s a l a r y  

The  amount  paid  by  the  employer  in  a  year,  including  general  increases  to  salary  scales,  the  13th 
month  and  holiday-pay  (where  applicable),  excluding  the  employers’  social  security  and  pension 
contributions.  This  salary  does  not  include  other  salary  allowances  or  financial  benefits  (related,  for 
example, to further qualifications, merit, overtime, additional responsibilities, geographical location, the 
obligation to teach classes in challenging circumstances, or accommodation, health or travel costs). 

M i n i m u m   s a l a r y  

The basic gross salary received by teachers and school heads in the above-mentioned circumstances 
at the start of their career. 

M a x i m u m   s a l a r y  

The basic gross salary received by teachers and school heads in the above-mentioned circumstances 
on  retirement  or  after  a  certain  number  of  years  of  service.  The  maximum  salary  includes  solely 
increases related to the length of service and/or the age. 

A c t u a l   g r o s s   a v e r a g e   s a l a r y   ( t e a c h e r s / s c h o o l   h e a d s )    

The  actual  gross  annual  salary  received  by  all  teachers/school  heads  at  a  specific  education  level, 
including  their  basic  gross  statutory  salary  plus  all  the  allowances,  bonuses  or  financial  benefits, 
divided  by  the  total  number  of  teachers  at  that  level.  For  some  countries,  all  education  levels  are 
considered  together.  The  data  can  be  drawn  from  national  administrative  registers,  statistical 
databases, representative sample surveys or other representative sources.  

Allowances 

S a l a r y   a l l o w a n c e s  

The  basic  gross  salary  may  be  accompanied  by  various  forms  of  additional  payments,  which 
compensate teachers for further qualifications, additional tasks or responsibilities, for difficult working 
conditions  or  for  good  performance.  These  elements  may  represent  a  significant  proportion  of  a 
teacher’s salary in some countries. Allowances are often paid in European countries for:  

Further formal qualifications 

Further formal qualifications makes reference to any postgraduate qualifications obtained beyond the 
minimum  qualification  needed  to  become  a  teacher  at  the  specific  level  of  education  (e.g.  Master’s 
degree, Doctorate, etc.).  

Further CPD qualifications 

Formal  and  non-formal  Continuing  Professional  Development  (CPD)  activities  which  may,  for 
example,  include  subject-based  and  pedagogical  training,  using  ICT  for  teaching,  developing  new 
teaching materials, etc. In certain cases, these activities may lead to additional qualifications. 

Positive performance appraisal 

Teachers  and  school  heads  may  be  appraised  on  the  quality  of  their  work  (teaching  or  managing) 
through  internal  or  external  evaluation  procedures  or  on  the  basis  of  the  results  obtained  by  their 
students  in  different  types  of  examinations.  Additional  allowances  are  paid  in  some  countries  to 
teachers/school heads who perform well in appraisals. 

115 

T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

Additional responsibilities 

These include any activities that might be carried out by teachers/school heads as distinct from those 
specified in their contract. These activities can include supervision of pupils after classes, participation 
in  school  management,  provision  of  support  to  other  teachers,  serving  as  a  head  of  department, 
membership  of  selection  or  examination  committees, participation  in  national  or  international  bodies, 
organisation  of  teaching  materials,  etc.  However,  responsibilities  for  leadership/management/ 
administration etc. are not regarded as additional responsibilities for school heads. 

G e o g r a p h i c a l   l o c a t i o n   ( h i g h   c o s t   o f   l i v i n g ,   d i s a d v a n t a g e d   o r   r e m o t e   a r e a s ,   e t c . )  

Location allowances are often used as incentives to encourage teachers to accept posts in remote or 
rural areas as well as in socially disadvantaged ones. Also included in this group are the allowances 
given for working in regions such as capital cities where the cost of living is above average. 

S p e c i a l   e d u c a t i o n   n e e d s   o r   c h a l l e n g i n g   c i r c u m s t a n c e s  

Activities  linked  to  the  teaching  of  pupils/students  with  special  education  needs  within  mainstream 
classes  as  well  as  pupils/students  with  learning  difficulties,  language  problems,  and  those  from  an 
immigrant  background,  etc.,  often  qualify  teachers  for  additional  allowances.  In  the  case  of  school 
heads,  these  activities  also  include  tasks  designed  to  coordinate  and  support  specific  groups  of 
pupils/students. 

E x t r a - c u r r i c u l a r   a c t i v i t i e s  

These  activities  can  include  sports,  out-of-school  workshops,  visits  to  museums,  theatres,  summer 
schools, etc. 

O v e r t i m e  

Overtime  is  the  amount  of  time  spent  by  teachers  and  school  heads  at  work  which  exceeds  the 
number of working hours specified in the contract of employment or in the conditions of service. 

116 

 
 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 

EDUCATION, AUDIOVISUAL AND CULTURE  
EXECUTIVE AGENCY 

EDUCATION AND YOUTH POLICY ANALYSIS 

Avenue du Bourget 1 (BOU2) 
B-1 049 Brussels 
(http://eacea.ec.europa.eu/education/eurydice) 

Managing editor 

Arlette Delhaxhe 

Authors 

Michele Zagordo, Olga Ducout, Sonia Piedrafita 

Layout and graphics  

Patrice Brel  

Production coordinator 

Gisèle De Lel  

117 

 
 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

EURYDICE NATIONAL UNITS 

AUSTRIA 
Eurydice-Informationsstelle 
Bundesministerium für Bildung und Frauen 
Abt. Internationale multilaterale Angelegenheiten 
Minoritenplatz 5 
1014 Wien 
Contribution of the Unit: Joint responsibility 

BELGIUM 

Unité francophone d'Eurydice 
Ministère de la Fédération Wallonie-Bruxelles 
Direction des relations internationales 
Boulevard Léopold II, 44 – Bureau 6A/008 
1080 Bruxelles 
Contribution of the Unit: Joint responsibility 

Eurydice Vlaanderen 
Departement Onderwijs en Vorming/ 
Afdeling Strategische Beleidsondersteuning 
Hendrik Consciencegebouw 7C10 
Koning Albert II-laan 15 
1210 Brussel 
Contribution of the Unit: Eline De Ridder (coordination); 
experts from the Flemish Department of Education and 
Training: Ann Van Driessche, Raymond Van De Sijpe 

Eurydice-Informationsstelle der Deutschsprachigen 
Gemeinschaft 
Autonome Hochschule in der DG 
Monschauer Strasse 57 
4700 Eupen  
Contribution of the Unit: Joint responsibility 

BOSNIA AND HERZEGOVINA 

Ministry of Civil Affairs 
Education Sector 
Trg BiH 3, Sarajevo 
Contribution of the Unit: Joint responsibility 

BULGARIA 

Eurydice Unit 
Human Resource Development Centre 
Education Research and Planning Unit 
15, Graf Ignatiev Str.  
1000 Sofia 
Contribution of the Unit: Anita Rahova (expert) 

CROATIA 

Ministarstvo znanosti, obrazovanja i športa 
Donje Svetice 38 
10 000 Zagreb 
Contribution of the Unit: Joint responsibility 

CYPRUS 

Eurydice Unit 
Ministry of Education and Culture 
Kimonos and Thoukydidou 
1434 Nicosia 
Contribution of the Unit: Joint responsibility 

CZECH REPUBLIC 

Eurydice Unit 
Centre for International Cooperation in Education 
Dům zahraniční spolupráce 
Na Poříčí 1 035/4 
110 00 Praha 1 
Contribution of the Unit: Marcela Máchová and Michaela 
Maršíková 

DENMARK 

Eurydice Unit 
Ministry of Higher Education and Science 
Danish Agency for Higher Education  
Bredgade 43 
1260 København K 
Contribution of the Unit: Joint responsibility 

ESTONIA 

Eurydice Unit 
Analysis Department 
Ministry of Education and Research 
Munga 18 
50 088 Tartu 
Contribution of the Unit: Kersti Kaldma (coordination); 
expert: Ingrid Jaggo 

FINLAND 

Eurydice Unit 
Finnish National Board of Education 
P.O. Box 380 
00 531 Helsinki 
Contribution of the Unit: Kristiina Volmari 

FORMER YUGOSLAV REPUBLIC OF MACEDONIA 

National Agency for European Educational Programmes and 
Mobility 
Porta Bunjakovec 2A-1 
1000 Skopje 
Contribution of the Unit: Joint responsibility 

FRANCE 

Unité française d’Eurydice 
Ministère de l'Éducation nationale, de l’Enseignement 
supérieur et de la Recherche 
Direction de l’évaluation, de la prospective et de la 
performance 
Mission aux relations européennes et internationales 
61-65, rue Dutot 
75 732 Paris Cedex 15 
Contribution of the Unit: Pierrette Briant, Florence Lefresne, 
Robert Rakocevic, Marion Defresne 

118 

 
 
 
GERMANY 

LATVIA 

A c k n o w l e d g e m e n t s  

Eurydice-Informationsstelle des Bundes 
EU Bureau of the German Ministry for Education and 
Research 
Rosa-Luxemburg-Str.2 
10 178 Berlin 

Eurydice-Informationsstelle der Länder im Sekretariat der 
Kultusministerkonferenz 
Graurheindorfer Straße 157 
53 117 Bonn 
Contribution of the Unit: Thomas Eckhard. 

GREECE 

Eurydice Unit 
Ministry of Culture, Education and Religious Affairs 
Directorate of European and International Affairs 
37 Andrea Papandreou Str. (Office 2 172) 
15 180 Maroussi (Attiki) 
Contribution of the Unit: Dimitris Tenes 

HUNGARY 

Eurydice National Unit 
Hungarian Institute for Educational Research and 
Development 
Szobránc utca 6-8 
1143 Budapest 
Contribution of the Unit: Joint responsibility 

ICELAND 

Eurydice Unit 
Education Testing Institute 
Víkurhvarfi 3 
203 Kópavogur 
Contribution of the Unit: Joint responsibility 

IRELAND 

Eurydice Unit 
Department of Education and Skills 
International Section 
Marlborough Street 
Dublin 1 
Contribution of the Unit: Bernadette Quinn (Assistant 
Principal Officer, Expenditure & Financial Control), Pádraig 
Maloney (Principal Officer, Payroll) 

ITALY 

Unità italiana di Eurydice 
Istituto Nazionale di Documentazione, Innovazione e 
Ricerca Educativa (INDIRE) 
Agenzia Erasmus+ 
Via C. Lombroso 6/15 
50 134 Firenze 
Contribution of the Unit: Simona Baggiani;  
experts: Gianna Barbieri e Lucia De Fabrizio (Ufficio di 
statistica settore istruzione, Ministero dell'istruzione, 
dell'università e della ricerca), Francesca Brotto (Dirigente 
tecnico, Ministero dell'istruzione, dell'università e della 
ricerca) 

Eurydice Unit 
State Education Development Agency 
Vaļņu street 3 
1050 Riga 
Contribution of the Unit: Joint responsibility;  
expert: Modra Jansone (Senior Expert of Education 
Department, the Ministry of Education and Science) 

LIECHTENSTEIN 

Informationsstelle Eurydice 
Schulamt des Fürstentums Liechtenstein 
Austrasse 79 
Postfach 684 
9490 Vaduz 
Contribution of the Unit: Joint responsibility 

LITHUANIA 

Eurydice Unit 
National Agency for School Evaluation 
Didlaukio 82 
08303 Vilnius 
Contribution of the Unit: Joint responsibility: Monika Bilotienė 
and Jurgita Maslauskaitė 

LUXEMBOURG 

Unité nationale d'Eurydice  
ANEFORE ASBL  
58, boulevard Grande-Duchesse Charlotte  
1330 Luxembourg 
Contribution of the Unit: Kathleen Lapie (National Eurydice 
Unit Luxembourg). Gilles Hirt (MENJE Luxembourg) 

MALTA 

Eurydice Unit 
Research and Development Department 
Ministry for Education and Employment 
Great Siege Rd. 
Floriana VLT 2000 
Contribution of the Unit: Robert L. Grech, in conjunction with 
input provided by the National Unit 

MONTENEGRO 

Eurydice Unit 
Vaka Djurovica bb 
81 000 Podgorica 
Contribution of the Unit: Mubera Kurpejović, Mijajlo Djurić, 
Biljana Mišović and Radosav Petrušić, Ministry of Education 

NETHERLANDS 

Eurydice Nederland 
Ministerie van Onderwijs, Cultuur en Wetenschap  
Directie Internationaal Beleid  
Etage 4 – Kamer 08.022 
Rijnstraat 50  
2500 BJ Den Haag  
Contribution of the Unit: Joint responsibility 

NORWAY 

Eurydice Unit 
Ministry of Education and Research 
AIK-avd., Kunnskapsdepartementet 
Kirkegata 18  
P.O. Box 8 119 Dep. 
0032 Oslo 
Contribution of the Unit: Joint responsibility 

119 

 
 
T e a c h e rs '   a n d   S c h o o l   H e a d s '   S a l a ri e s   a n d   A l l o w a n c e s   i n   E u ro p e   –   2 0 1 4 / 1 5  

POLAND 

SPAIN 

Eurydice España-REDIE 
Centro Nacional de Innovación e Investigación Educativa 
(CNIIE)  
Ministerio de Educación, Cultura y Deporte 
c/ Torrelaguna, 58 
28 027 Madrid 
Contribution of the Unit: Flora Gil, Carla Díaz Torvisco, 
Ángel Ariza 

SWEDEN 

Eurydice Unit 
Universitets- och högskolerådet/The Swedish Council for 
Higher Education 
Box 45 093 
104 30 Stockholm 
Contribution of the Unit: Joint responsibility 

TURKEY  

Eurydice Unit  
MEB, Strateji Geliştirme Başkanlığı (SGB) 
Eurydice Türkiye Birimi, Merkez Bina 4. Kat 
B-Blok Bakanlıklar 
06 648 Ankara 
Contribution of the Unit: Joint responsibility 

UNITED KINGDOM 

Eurydice Unit for England, Wales and Northern Ireland 
Centre for Information and Reviews 
National Foundation for Educational Research (NFER) 
The Mere, Upton Park 
Slough, Berkshire, SL1 2DQ 
Contribution of the Unit: Maureen Heron  

Eurydice Unit Scotland 
c/o Learning Analysis 
Education Analytical Services  
Scottish Government 
Area 2D South 
Victoria Quay 
Edinburgh EH6 6QQ 
Contribution of the Unit: Joint responsibility 

Eurydice Unit 
Foundation for the Development of the Education System 
Mokotowska 43 
00-551 Warsaw 
Contribution of the Unit: Magdalena Górowska-Fells; 
experts: Anna Nowożyńska and Renata Karnas (Ministry of 
National Education) 

PORTUGAL 

Unidade Portuguesa da Rede Eurydice (UPRE) 
Ministério da Educação e Ciência 
Direção-Geral de Estatísticas da Educação e Ciência 
(DGEEC) 
Av. 24 de Julho, 134 
1399-054 Lisboa 
Contribution of the Unit: Isabel Almeida;  
outside the Unit: João Matos 

ROMANIA 

Eurydice Unit  
National Agency for Community Programmes in the Field of 
Education and Vocational Training 
Universitatea Politehnică București 
Biblioteca Centrală 
Splaiul Independenței, nr. 313 
Sector 6  
060 042 București 
Contribution of the Unit: Veronica – Gabriela Chirea; in 
cooperation with George Ghelmez (Head of Human 
Resources Department, Ministry of Education and Scientific 
Research) 

SERBIA 

Eurydice Unit Serbia 
Foundation Tempus 
Resavska 29 
11 000 Belgrade 
Contribution of the Unit: Joint responsibility 

SLOVAKIA 

Eurydice Unit 
Slovak Academic Association for International Cooperation 
Krížkova 9 
811 04 Bratislava  
Contribution of the Unit: Joint responsibility 

SLOVENIA 

Eurydice Unit 
Ministry of Education, Science and Sport 
Education Development Office 
Masarykova 16 
1000 Ljubljana 
Contribution of the Unit: Barbara Kresal Sterniša; 
expert: Tatjana Rozman (Ministry of Education, Science and 
Sport) 

120